VTEL CORP
10-K, 1999-11-05
RADIO & TV BROADCASTING & COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT
Previous: ALLIANCE NORTH AMERICAN GOVERNMENT INCOME TRU INC, 497, 1999-11-05
Next: METRICOM INC / DE, 8-K, 1999-11-05





                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K
(MARK ONE)
                (X) ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D)
                     OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                                       OR

            ( ) TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF
                       THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                     FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JULY 31, 1999

                         Commission file number 0-20008

                                VTEL CORPORATION

              A Delaware Corporation IRS Employer ID No. 74-2415696

                               108 Wild Basin Road
                               Austin, Texas 78746
                                 (512) 437-2700

          Securities registered pursuant to section 12 (b) of the Act:

                                      None

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
                                  Common Stock

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports),  and  (2) has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  X   No     .
                                       ---     ---

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filings pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation S-K is not contained herein and will not be contained, to the best
of the Registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive  proxy or information  statements
incorporated  by  reference in Part III of this Form 10-K,  or any  amendment to
this Form 10-K. ( ).

The aggregate market value of 20,665,891 shares of the registrant's Common Stock
held by nonaffiliates  on October 13, 1999 was  approximately  $68,466,096.  For
purposes of this computation all officers, directors and 5% beneficial owners of
the  registrant are deemed to be affiliates.  Such  determination  should not be
deemed an admission that such officers,  directors and beneficial owners are, in
fact, affiliates of the registrant.

At October  13, 1999 there were  24,456,573  shares of the  registrant's  Common
Stock, $.01 par value, issued and outstanding.

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the definitive  Proxy  Statement to be delivered to  stockholders in
connection with the 1999 Annual Meeting are  incorporated by reference into Part
III.

A list of all Exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K is located at pages 50
through 54.


<PAGE>

                                     PART I.

ITEM 1.    BUSINESS

GENERAL

         VTEL Corporation (VTEL, we or our) designs,  manufactures,  markets and
supports  visual  communication  systems.  VTEL's  product  line is based on the
latest microprocessor  technology, a unique integration of hardware and software
that  provides  features  which  are far  beyond  traditional  video  and  audio
conferencing.  The  use  of  open  PC  architecture  and  standard  Microsoft(R)
operating  systems  allows  users to  bring  virtually  any kind of data  into a
meeting or training environment.  These new visual communications  systems allow
access and sharing of any information available on the World Wide Web, data that
resides on an organization's  Local Area Network or Intranet,  or local PC files
and software  applications.  The majority of our systems are built upon a system
platform  that is based on  industry-standard,  PC-compatible  open hardware and
software  architecture.  The PC-architecture  also provides a natural pathway to
connect VTEL's visual  communication  systems to either  Internet  Protocol (IP)
networks  or  traditional  telephone  networks  on a call by call basis  through
simple software commands. Our network management software uses industry standard
protocols  to allow large visual  communications  networks to be operated in the
same manner currently used in traditional data networks,  thereby leveraging the
rapidly  expanding  network  infrastructures  being  deployed  in  organizations
throughout the world.  VTEL's streaming video software allows users to "webcast"
events live over an internal  network  or the Internet  and store any multimedia
content  for  convenient,  on-demand  playback.  We offer a wide range of global
professional  services to assist customers in designing,  installing,  operating
and supporting organizational visual communications networks worldwide.

         The  cornerstone of VTEL's  business  strategy is to identify  end-user
customer  markets that can most benefit from the advanced  functionality  of our
multi-media visual  communication  systems and to focus a substantial portion of
its sales and marketing efforts on these targeted markets.  Consistent with this
strategy,  VTEL has targeted the manufacturing,  education,  government,  health
care,  and financial  institution  market  segments and certain  portions of the
general  business  market.  VTEL  primarily   distributes  its  systems  through
third-party  resellers  which  include  major  telecommunications  providers and
distributors such as Ameritech,  Bell South, GTE, MCI,  Norstan,  PacBell,  SBC,
Sprint,  US West and other  value-added  resellers.  We have built an  extensive
marketing and sales  organization  to support our  third-party  resellers.  This
organization  provides  marketing  programs;  field support personnel  including
sales  managers,  system  engineers,  and  business  development  managers;  and
personnel  with industry  expertise to implement our targeted  market  strategy.
Since  VTEL's  inception,  it has sold more  than  30,000  visual  communication
systems.

         On  May  23,  1997,   shareholders  of  VTEL  and   Compression   Labs,
Incorporated,  a Delaware corporation ("CLI"),  approved the merger of VTEL-Sub,
Inc., a Delaware  corporation  and direct  wholly-owned  subsidiary of VTEL (the
"Merger"),  with and into CLI,  pursuant to an Agreement  and Plan of Merger and
Reorganization, with CLI becoming a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of VTEL. As a
result of the Merger all of the outstanding common and preferred CLI shares were
exchanged for a total of 8,424,741  shares of VTEL Common Stock. The acquisition
was accounted for as a pooling of interests.

         On March 9, 1999, VTEL completed the acquisition of  substantially  all
of the assets of Vosaic LLP, an Internet video  software and technology  company
for $3.2 million in cash, stock and warrants.  The transaction was accounted for
as a purchase of assets.  The  acquisition  involved  the  issuance of 1,149,000
shares (equivalent to approximately 5% of the outstanding shares of VTEL's stock
as of March 9, 1999).  VTEL acquired the core team,  originally  associated with
the University of Illinois,  who pioneered the first multimedia Web Browser, and
has  refined  scalable  video  delivery  technologies  to stream and store video
information securely with high Quality of Service (QoS).

         As part of VTEL's initiative to expand its international  presence,  we
consummated  the  acquisition of certain of the assets of the  videoconferencing
division  of  one  of  our  German   resellers   effective  July  1,  1998.  The

                                       2
<PAGE>

consideration  paid by VTEL  consisted of  restricted  stock,  warrants,  a note
payable,  and  the  assumption   of  certain  payables   and  other  liabilities
for total consideration of approximately $1,871.  In September 1998, VTEL compl-
eted the acquisition of one of its French resellers through the issuance of res-
tricted stock.

         VTEL's  executive  offices are located at 108 Wild Basin Road,  Austin,
Texas 78746, and its telephone number is (512) 437-2700.

INDUSTRY BACKGROUND

         Visual communications  systems enable users at remote locations to meet
and share  information  face-to-face.  A wide range of business or  professional
meetings, education and training classes, and technical or medical consultations
make use of this  innovative  technology  to  reduce  operating  costs,  improve
customer  services,  reduce cycle  times,  and improve  intra- or  inter-company
communications.  A videoconference  entails the transmission of video, audio and
data signals  between two or more  locations over a network  connection.  Video,
audio and data conferencing  involves a large amount of digital information.  In
order to transmit this information over digital networks,  the video,  audio and
data signals must be digitized and compressed without substantially reducing the
information content.  Improved compression  algorithms reduce transmission costs
by allowing more  information to be sent over lower capacity  digital  networks.
Improved  quality  and lower  costs of  videoconferencing  systems  and  network
services have made  videoconferencing  applications more attractive to a broader
group   of  users   worldwide.   Also   contributing   to  the   wider   use  of
videoconferencing  is the increased  availability of switched digital  telephone
service and the use of Internet Protocol networks, allowing a videoconference to
be initiated with nearly the ease of a normal  telephone  call.

     The major change  occurring in the industry today involves the evolutionary
migration of telecommunications  networks from circuit-switched technology (like
traditional  telephone lines) to packet-switched  technology  (Internet Protocol
networks).  We are ideally  positioned to take  advantage of this change because
our  underlying  product  technology is built upon an open PC  architecture.  In
October  1999,  VTEL  introduced  its  new  product  line of  Galaxy(TM)  visual
communication systems. The enhanced software included in the Galaxy(TM) line can
accommodate and support customer  migration to Internet Protocol networks easily
because  these  endpoints  can operate on either type  network and move from one
network  architecture to another on a call by call basis through simple software
commands.  For many customers  that  previously  purchased  VTEL  products,  the
migration to Internet Protocol network  functionally can be accomplished through
software upgrades to existing products.

         Videoconferencing  systems are also  becoming  simpler to use.  Current
videoconferencing   systems  can  be  configured  as  "set-top"   appliances  or
"roll-about"  room  systems  that  can be used  without  the  need  for  trained
operators or special room requirements. In general, the videoconferencing market
can be  grouped  into  four  complementary  categories:  personal  conferencing,
set-top  conferencing,  workgroup  conferencing,  and  group  conferencing.  The
personal  conferencing market is targeted at the individual.  As such, solutions
are  typically  priced in the $1,000 to $7,000 range.  The set-top  conferencing
market is targeted at groups of two to three individuals. Systems in this market
range from $4,995 to $9,000.  The workgroup  conferencing  market is targeted at
the project  teams or  executive  offices that  require  collaborative  data and
software interaction. Solutions in this market range from $9,995 to $15,000. The
group conferencing market is targeted at larger groups,  typically eight or more
individuals.  Application uses vary greatly from boardrooms to large classrooms.
These group systems are priced at $8,500 and above.

         Another factor contributing to the growth of  videoconferencing  is the
continuing  emergence  of  international  industry  standards  designed to allow
interoperability of videoconferencing systems manufactured by different vendors.
The  International   Telecommunications   Union  ("ITU-T")  sets   international
standards  used by the industry.  VTEL has been a leader in promoting  standards
across the industry and delivers standards-based products to its customers.

                               3

<PAGE>

     While technological  advances and market receptivity have increased the use
of videoconferencing,  traditional audio and video videoconferencing alone lacks
the   functionality   and   effectiveness  of  face-to-face   meetings  in  many
applications.  We believe  that,  for  certain  applications,  users are seeking
conferencing  features,  in  addition  to audio and  video,  that  allow for the
exchange of information and interaction through a variety of media. For example,
engineers can communicate and solve problems more  effectively by  supplementing
the  videoconference  with  shared  media,  such as graphics  with  annotations,
computer programs, document exchanges and whiteboards, which results in a better
replication of the impact and effectiveness of a face-to-face  meeting. VTEL has
taken a  leadership  position in this form of  high-value  visual  communication
technology due to its open PC platform and flexible architecture.

CORPORATE STRATEGY

         VTEL's  primary focus is on  high-value  visual  communication  systems
which provide high functionality  tailored to the needs of our targeted markets.
This results in a range of offerings from desktop to boardroom applications. The
following are the components of VTEL's corporate strategy:

         PRODUCT  DIFFERENTIATION.  VTEL's  strategy  is  to  differentiate  its
products  from the products  marketed by its  competitors.  Key elements of this
strategy are as follows:

         Open Architecture.  VTEL's principal visual  communication  systems are
built upon a system platform which integrates video,  audio and data compression
technologies in a PC-compatible  open hardware and software  architecture.  This
open architecture  allows VTEL to accelerate the development process through the
use of commonly  available,  low-cost  hardware and software  components and the
incorporation of third-party technological developments.  VTEL's PC-based system
platforms are field-upgradable and easily accommodate software upgrades, thereby
extending  the useful life of the  customer's  investment  and providing us with
incremental  revenues  through  these upgrade  sales.  In October 1999, we began
shipping our Galaxy(TM) line of visual  communication  systems.  The new line is
distinguished by a new more intuitive user  interface software  (Vtouch TM) that
offers the additional  functionality of H.323 (or Internet Protocol)  networking
capability. Because VTEL's systems are PC-based, existing customers of our later
generation ESA(TM) line of visual communication  systems will be able upgrade to
the latest features of the Galaxy(TM) line.

         Centralized Management and Administration.  Using the industry standard
Simple Network  Management  Protocol  ("SNMP"), VTEL is able to centrally manage
and  administer  large,   distributed  visual  communication  networks.   VTEL's
SmartVideoNet Manager product provides advanced  functionality for management in
the  videoconferencing  industry.  It leverages  the industry  standard SNMP for
statistics,  controls, and alerts. These functions allow for centralized problem
determination  and resolution,  thereby  eliminating the requirement for on-site
expert personnel to support the system.  An additional  benefit of SmartVideoNet
Manager is the ability to establish video calls from a centralized  console with
no local user intervention.  Using this, meeting  participants  simply arrive at
the  conference  room or  classroom  and the video  call is  already  in session
waiting for their participation.

         Consistent  Operating  Platform.  An important  characteristic  of each
product in the family is the  consistent  use of  standard  Microsoft  operating
systems (Windows 95(R), Windows 98(R), Windows NT(R)). This consistency combines
the  PC-microprocessor  architecture  with a  recognized  software  platform and
provides a familiar  look and feel for the user  throughout  the product  family
architecture.  Windows  operating systems support a wide variety of software and
hardware   applications  that  can  be  integrated  into  a  videoconference  as
stand-alone  features or as shared  applications by visual  communication  users
through our collaboration capability.

     Multi-media  Functionality.  VTEL's visual communication  systems provide a
wide  range of  functions  that  utilize  a variety  of media  and more  closely
replicate  the  impact  and  effectiveness  of  face-to-face   meetings.   These
functions,  referred  to by VTEL as visual  communications  technology,  combine
video and audio, document exchange,

                                       4
<PAGE>

shared whiteboard  and computer  application sharing.  VTEL strives to make this
functionality   easily  accessible  to  the  user.  Our  Pen  Pal  Graphics  and
AppsView(TM)  user  interfaces were designed to make our group systems easier to
use  and  are  fully  integrated  on  VTEL  Team   Conferencing  and  Leadership
Conferencing  systems.  Galaxy's(TM)  new  Vtouch(TM)  graphical  user interface
builds upon the success of these  earlier  efforts to provide even easier system
operation.  Both  AppsView(TM) and Vtouch(TM) are  customizable  user interfaces
that  run  on  a  Microsoft   Windows(R)operating  system.  They  integrate  all
application functions under a software defined interface which can be customized
by the user to meet specific needs.

     Standards   Compliance.   VTEL   believes   the   continued   adoption  and
implementation of industry  standards for  interoperability  are critical to the
continued   growth  of  the   videoconferencing   market.   All  of  our  visual
communication  systems and  multipoint  products  comply with the leading  ITU-T
standards for videoconferencing.  VTEL's platforms also comply with an extensive
array of additional  communications and computer industry standards, both formal
and de facto (such as ISA, PCI,  Intel x86,  SNMP,  and  Microsoft  Windows(R)),
involving video, audio, graphics,  communications,  computers,  peripherals, and
network  management.  We have been an active  participant  on the relevant ITU-T
committees and intend to continue to promote both acceptance of the standards by
all vendors and formal compliance testing to assure interoperability.

     Network Integration Capabilities.  The PC-based open architecture design of
VTEL's products  provides a natural pathway to connect our visual  communication
systems onto local area networks (LANs) and wide area networks  (WANs),  thereby
leveraging  the rapidly  expanding  network  infrastructures  being  deployed in
organizations  throughout the world. We believe that not only will such networks
continue to expand  globally,  but the  capability  to  centrally  manage  large
internationally  dispersed networks will become a requirement for the successful
establishment  of  such  networks.   We  believe  that  development  of  network
integration and network  management  capabilities  will be an important  success
factor to our strategy.  The VTEL Network Assured Program was initiated with the
goal of ensuring  interoperability between the various networking systems in the
marketplace  and VTEL's  videoconferencing  equipment.  This program  offers the
customer,  who must interface with the different  major equipment  vendors,  the
peace-of-mind  they are seeking as they  integrate  multivendor  equipment  on a
network.   To   facilitate  an  easy   migration   into  the  new  realm  of  IP
communications, VTEL is collaborating with vendors of network services including
Cisco, GTE Network Services,  IXC  Communications and Ezenia! to enable seamless
integration between VTEL's H.323-based product line and their product line.

     Service  and  Systems  Integration  Capabilities.  VTEL's  Global  Services
division offers  installation,  integration and support services to customers of
its  products.  Most  sales  occur  through  resellers  to the end  users of our
products.  This offering of services enhances VTEL's resellers'  ability to sell
our visual  communication  systems and to generate  additional  revenues to VTEL
from the sales of such services. During fiscal 1999 Global Services expanded the
capabilities offered to our resellers by building  application-specific  systems
that address  individual  users' needs.  This service  excelled where  resellers
expressed the need to deliver a system requirement that could be duplicated many
times within a market or region.  Projects were typically priced in the range of
$100,000  to  $300,000.  The  building  of  application-specific  systems  for a
reseller further differentiates VTEL and its hardware/software  solutions.  VTEL
intends to expand in this area in fiscal year 2000.

         TARGETED  MARKETS.  The cornerstone of VTEL's  business  strategy is to
identify  end-user  customer  markets  that can most  benefit  from the advanced
functionality of our multi-media visual  communication  systems,  and to focus a
substantial  portion  of our  sales  and  marketing  efforts  on these  targeted
markets.  Consistent  with this strategy,  VTEL has targeted the  manufacturing,
education, government, health care, and certain portions of the business market.
VTEL  continues to focus on those markets in which it has the highest  potential
for increasing its market share. We currently enjoy a leadership position in the
education market with  installations  at secondary and higher education  systems
throughout the world.

                                       5
<PAGE>

         DISTRIBUTION STRATEGY. VTEL believes that a well-executed  distribution
channel is critical to marketing  success.  VTEL currently relies on third party
resellers to sell,  install and support its visual  communication  systems in an
effort to leverage the sales forces of the resellers that are already  providing
telecommunications  and systems integration  services to potential purchasers of
visual  communication   systems.  All  major  resellers  maintain  demonstration
networks, with trained sales and support personnel.

         Consistent with its focus on its targeted market segments, we work with
a number of VARs that specialize in specific applications,  geographic areas and
markets  such as  education,  health care,  project  management  and  government
procurement.  Typically,  VTEL's  agreements with its resellers and VARs involve
non-exclusive  arrangements  which may be canceled  by either  party at will and
contain no minimum purchase requirements on the part of the resellers.

         VTEL also  sells  products  directly  to  certain  end-user  customers,
generally large global end user customers which have sophisticated global visual
communication  networks and require much more  involvement  to support the sale,
installation  and maintenance of the network.  These sales are mostly  completed
through VTEL's Global Service division.

PRODUCTS

         We  offer  a  complete  line  of   interoperable   multi-media   visual
communication systems. VTEL differentiates its systems from competitive products
by a high level of advanced  functionality,  such as  presentation  graphics and
access to PC-based software and hardware  peripherals.  Because VTEL systems are
based on open PC-architecture,  and most functionality is contained in software,
many system  upgrades  are  accomplished  via  software,  enabling  customers to
protect their investment in our systems. VTEL systems may be configured with LAN
connections  so that data and  presentations  may be created at an individual PC
workstation,  stored on the LAN and retrieved by the visual communication system
for presentation or transfer to the remote location during a videoconference.

         Videoconferences  can  range  from  simple  point-to-point  connections
between two locations of a single  organization to connections  between multiple
locations of multiple organizations in several countries.  VTEL's primary visual
communication   products  are  based  upon  one  of  three  architectures,   the
SmartStation Architecture (SSA) for personal and workgroup visual communication,
the  Enterprise  Series  Architecture  (ESA)  for  group  conferencing,  and the
TurboCast(TM)   Architecture   for  Internet   targeted  visual   communications
solutions.

         ENTERPRISE  SERIES  ARCHITECTURE  PLATFORM.  VTEL's  Enterprise  Series
Architecture(TM)  ("ESA") is the hardware and software  platform for a family of
products designed to meet the needs of large and small groups.  The ESA platform
is a PC-based,  open architecture visual  communication system configured around
an Intel Pentium(TM) PC chassis  containing the ESA(TM)  video-audio  processing
boardset. The ESA(TM) system contains, in addition to the standard internal disk
drive and 3.5 inch floppy drive, a CD-ROM drive as well as an expansion  chassis
which contains all the audio and video input/output  ports. The ESA(TM) platform
utilizes the Microsoft  Windows(R) operating system as its software platform and
incorporates either the AppsView(TM)  software user interface and control system
or its newly released Galaxy(TM)  Vtouch(TM) software user interface and control
system.  Through  AppsView(TM)  or Vtouch(TM),  the user controls all conference
functions with on-screen software icons which may be customized for each user or
application.    The   ESA   platform   contains   open   PC   card   slots   for
application-specific peripherals.

         The ESA(TM) platform supports  industry standards for video,  audio and
data compression and is interoperable with any other system supporting the H.320
standard  using the  AppsView(TM)  software,  and both H.320 and H.323 using the
Galaxy(TM)   software  .  The  platform  operates  over  digital   communication
bandwidths  transmitting  at  data  rates  from 56  Kbps  to T1 or E1  rates  in
point-to-point  and multipoint  conferences.  ESA  connections  can be made over
public dial-up digital networks or private digital dedicated facilities.  During
fiscal 1999, ESA connectivity was expanded to include Internet Protocol networks
through a hardware addition. ESA systems may also be upgraded to H.323 (Internet
Protocol) with our new Galaxy(TM) software.

                                       6
<PAGE>


         Configurations of the ESA(TM) platform with AppsView(TM) include VTEL's
Team  Conferencing(TM)  ("TC") and Leadership  Conferencing(TM)  ("LC") Systems.
These  systems are single or dual monitor  systems built on the ESA platform and
designed to provide mid-range  products for users seeking high quality video and
audio and visual communication capability in a small to mid-sized group setting.
Data rates from 56 Kbps to 512 Kbps   are provided on all systems and high speed
data  rates up to T1 or E1 for the  high end LC  systems.  The  systems  provide
higher  performance  PC-based   functionality  through  the  use  of  the  Intel
Pentium(TM)   microprocessor,   inclusion  of  a  CD-ROM  drive,  the  Microsoft
Windows(TM)  operating  system  and the  AppsView(TM)  user  interface.  Product
features include LAN connectivity,  Internet access,  both document and computer
conferencing,  30 frame per second video and  capability  of including  software
applications  designed for Microsoft Windows(TM) as part of the videoconference.
The TC systems  have  suggested  list  prices of  $11,700 to $40,995  and LC5000
configurations vary in price from $54,995 to $59,495

         Configurations of the ESA(TM) hardware platform with Galaxy(TM) include
several new Products:  Galaxy Model 725, Galaxy Model 755, Galaxy Model 2500 and
Galaxy Model 5500.  This new family of products  provide the  competitive  price
performance characteristics required by customers across the wide range of group
system applications.  The products provide state of the art video and audio with
high resolution  slide capture and send graphics.  The systems are H.323 capable
for  videoconferencing  over Internet Protocol Networks and/or H.320 capable for
videoconferencing  over  traditional  circuit  switched  networks.  Within  this
product  family  there  are  solutions  that  support  single  or  dual  monitor
configurations,  and  data  rates  from  56kbps  to  1920Kbps  (T1/E1).  All are
supported by the new Vtouch(TM) graphical user interface.

         WG500. The WG500 is a series of workgroup visual communication  systems
targeted at the project team or executive  office where the ability to share and
interactively  create a work  product is  required.  As such,  it is designed to
utilize  industry  leading  collaborative  multi-media  tools such as  Microsoft
NetMeeting(TM).  Based on a high performance, multi-media PC platform, the WG500
fills the  price-point  and  functionality  gap  between  the  personal  desktop
conferencing  market  and the large  group  conferencing  market.  The WG500 has
suggested list prices of $9,995 to $14,995

          SETTOP  250.  The  SETTOP  250 was the first  business-class,  set-top
videoconferencing   system  in  the  industry  priced  under  $5,000.  Combining
ease-of-use  with  high-quality  features,  the SETTOP 250 is the  solution  for
enterprise   users   who   require    entry-level   group    conferencing   with
industry-standard  voice and video.  The SETTOP 250 includes an  intuitive  user
interface, an easy, color-coded installation process, and comes in both 128 Kbps
and 384 Kbps models.

         SMARTSTATION.  The SmartStation(TM) converts a Windows-based  PC into a
videoconferencing  system for personal use. Incorporating the performance of the
ESA(TM)  products with its high-quality  audio and video,  the  SmartStation(TM)
allows users to collaborate  while still leveraging the power and versatility of
their  desktop PC. In one  easy-to-install  package,  SmartStation(TM)  includes
VTEL's  AppsView(TM)  graphical  conference  control  interface  for  consistent
operation across many of VTEL's visual communication solutions. SmartStation(TM)
supports data rates up to 384 Kbps for  high-quality  desktop  conferencing  and
supports the T.120  standard for data  collaboration  by  integrating  Microsoft
NetMeeting 2.0(TM).

         SMARTVIDEONET  MANAGER(TM).  SmartVideoNet  Manager(TM)  software  is a
tool designed to help customers  simplify the  administration  of video networks
and reduce the operating  costs.  Based on the Windows NT platform and utilizing
the  SNMP  communications  protocol,  SmartVideoNet  Manager(TM)  leverages  the
PC-based  architecture  of our systems to allow  customers to use their existing
Intranet to provide continuous monitoring of their video network.  SmartVideoNet
Manager(TM) allows administrators to remotely control,  configure,  diagnose and
troubleshoot VTEL systems, all from a PC console.

         NETWORK  EQUIPMENT.  VTEL  carries an  extensive  line of  equipment to
optimize connectivity in a variety of network environments. In order to maximize
communication  effectiveness,  many  customers  choose  to  purchase  multipoint
control  units to link  multiple  users  into a single  meeting.  The  SmartLink

                                       7
<PAGE>

Multimedia  Conference  SERVER(TM)  ("MCS")  is the  hub of a  videoconferencing
meeting,  allowing  interactive  communications with up to 48 participants.  The
SmartLink MCS(TM) provides  translation  capabilities for a number of line rates
and video and audio algorithms to ensure maximum flexibility.  Additionally, the
SmartLink MCS(TM) is manageable  through  SmartVideoNet  Manager(TM).  SmartLink
MCS(TM)  configurations  range in price from  $19,480 to more than  $150,000 for
advanced configurations.

         TURBOCAST.  The  TurboCast(TM)  software  allows customers  to capture,
store, distribute, and view media streams across the Internet and to be accessed
by clients using standard web browsers. The TurboCast solution consists of three
principal components:  Studio,  Reflector, and Viewer. The Studio and Reflectors
work together to capture and distribute live or stored multimedia  content.  The
TurboCast Viewer,  implemented as a lightweight  Java(R) applet,  allows a media
stream to play directly within browsers such as Microsoft  Internet  Explorer(R)
and Netscape Navigator(R), without downloading additional software.

         Since  TurboCast(TM) can be used with  any   Java(R)-enabled   browser,
broadcasts  can be  viewed on PC,  Macintosh  and Unix  systems  as well as some
Java(R)-based  hand-held  consumer devices.  Current TurboCast products include:
TurboCast  Studio which  allows  events to be captured  for live  broadcasts  or
time-shifted  replays using a standard video camera and PC or VTEL's  Enterprise
Series videoconferencing systems.

PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT

         VTEL's  product  development  strategy  is to design and  develop  core
systems  capabilities and leverage the availability of hardware  peripherals and
application software from third parties and to efficiently  integrate such third
party  resources  into its systems.  Additionally,  with the  acquisition of the
Internet streaming technology obtained with the purchase of Vosaic, we intend to
continue to introduce  products that incorporate  streaming  technology.  To the
extent that market needs cannot be met by available  third party  resources,  we
may  undertake  the  development  of such  resources.  The  following  represent
development efforts that have been undertaken by VTEL:

         SOFTWARE  SYSTEM  PLATFORM.  The  SmartStation(TM)   Architecture   and
ESA(TM) hardware platforms support our proprietary software  architectures.  The
characteristics of our products are developed and implemented  primarily through
software,  facilitating  upgrades for users and the rapid  incorporation  of new
technologies.  Upgrades  are  modular in nature,  allowing  additional  licensed
program  products to be added  incrementally  to the user's  basic  system.  Our
software  products are developed  primarily in "C", a commonly-used,  high-level
programming language, to provide future portability to other hardware platforms.
Development  resources are being applied to the creation of new system  software
and  program  products  for  increased  functionality  and  flexibility  of  the
platform.

         PERSONAL  VISUAL  COMMUNICATION   SYSTEMS.   Increased  performance  of
semiconductor  processors  specifically  designed for video and image processing
allow  for the  cost-effective  design  and  packaging  of  small  group  visual
communication  systems and high functionality  personal desktop systems that are
compatible  with  small  and  large  group  visual  communication   systems.  We
introduced the SmartStation(TM) visual communication cardset which was developed
utilizing  the  capability  of our  visual  communication  software  ported to a
suitable hardware platform. The principal  hardware-related  resource commitment
in the  development  process is the effort to find and test boardset  candidates
for suitability for VTEL's software.

         AUDIO  COMPRESSION/ECHO  CANCELLATION.  Audio  quality is an  important
element in any video  conference.  At lower  transmission  rates,  the amount of
bandwidth  allocated to audio  decreases,  thereby  requiring audio  compression
algorithms  to  maintain  acceptable  audio  quality.   VTEL  produces  its  own
proprietary,  integrated echo canceller to improve audio quality. We offer audio
compression  capability at allocated bandwidths of 8, 12, 32 and 74 Kbps through
audio subsystems.

         VIDEO/IMAGE   COMPRESSION.    VTEL's   continuing   video   compression
development  activity  is  focused  on the  refinement  of both  H.320 and H.323
algorithms for higher resolution video  capabilities and the integration of that
technology.  Shortly  following  the  merger  with CLI in 1997,  VTEL  announced

                                       8
<PAGE>

StandardsPlus(TM) Video which  provides improved  video quality  using  industry
standards.  Significant  video quality  improvements  using industry  technology
standards were  achieved via a  collaborative  development  effort  between VTEL
engineers in Austin and Sunnyvale.

         NETWORK MANAGERS. In the summer of 1997, VTEL introduced the industry's
first  standards-based  management and  administration  platform for distributed
visual communication networks. Using the SNMP standard,  SmartVideoNet ManagerTM
allows VTEL customers to centrally  control their visual  communication  network
for functions such as problem determination,  problem resolution, call setup and
conference statistics.  Using this management framework,  conference support can
be provided centrally with no requirement for local user intervention,  even for
networks with hundreds of visual communication system endpoints.

         INTERNET TECHNOLOGIES.  In 1999  VTEL  launched   several   development
initiatives  aimed at  harnessing  the emerging  power of the Internet  with its
associated  technologies.  The Internet  will  benefit  VTEL on several  fronts.
First,  as a widely  distributed  and accessible  "data  network",  the Internet
eventually will surpass in usage any data communication  infrastructure based on
dedicated transmission media, initial bandwidth limitations notwithstanding.  By
acquiring Vosaic, a University of  Illinois-based  Internet  start-up,  in 1999,
VTEL  has   begun  to   aggressively   address   the  need  to  adapt  its  core
video-conferencing expertise to this new transmission medium.

         Second,  as an  increasingly  popular  e-commerce  infrastructure,  the
Internet offers  unprecedented  access to new markets and customers  without the
need to rely on  intermediaries.  By expanding its  video-conferencing  products
from hardware - software  combination products into pure software solutions that
can run on any  personal  computer,  VTEL can also  harness  the  Internet  as a
distribution  and sales channel for its new  generation of products  without the
need  for  storing  and  shipping  physical  hardware.   Sales,  marketing,  and
distribution of its products can all occur via the Internet.

         VTEL's Internet products will be launched in several waves, all relying
on  the  same   bandwidth   optimizing   technology  and   no-download   viewing
capabilities.  The first wave of products will be aimed at one-way  streaming of
mostly archived,  but in some cases also live visual content.  A video-mail type
product  will  thus  lead  the  way  with  the  associated  server  and  hosting
infrastructure.  This  product  will be  closely  followed  by a wave of  visual
applications aimed at several specific OEM opportunities as well as the distance
learning  market in general.  The  subsequent  wave of products  will expand the
interactive   capabilities   of  the  first   thus   broadening   their   market
applicability.

PRODUCT SUPPORT AND EXPANSION OF SUPPORT CAPABILITIES

         Currently,  end-user  support  and  installation  of our  products  are
provided by resellers and VARs, by Dictaphone in the United States, Fujitsu/Bell
Atlantic and ICL Sorbus (a wholly-owned  subsidiary of Fujitsu/Bell Atlantic) in
most foreign  markets as  third-party  service  providers or directly by VTEL in
order to provide a  comprehensive  service  offering for its worldwide  customer
base. We train the service  employees of Dictaphone,  Fujitsu/Bell  Atlantic and
ICL Sorbus and VTEL's  resellers  on  diagnostics  and service of its  products.
Dictaphone,  Fujitsu/Bell  Atlantic  and ICL  Sorbus  and the  reseller  service
network are  supported by trained  technicians  at VTEL's  Technical  Assistance
Center. In order to meet all of its service commitments, we currently employ our
own field  service  engineers  as well as  maintain  contracts  with third party
Certified ISO technicians.

COMPETITION

         The  videoconferencing  industry is highly  competitive.  VTEL believes
that the principal competitive factors in the industry are product architecture,
ease of use, video and audio quality, functionality, service and support, market
visibility,  and price.  We face  competition  from a number of  companies  that
market  communications  systems for  videoconferencing.  Currently in the United
States, PictureTel Corporation,  Sony Corporation,  Nippon Electric Corporation,

                                       9
<PAGE>

Polycom  Corporation,  and Tandberg ASA, among others, are marketing  roll-about
group videoconferencing  systems and multipoint control units.  Internationally,
videoconferencing   systems  are   available   from,   among   others,   British
Telecommunications  plc.,  PictureTel  Corporation,  Sony  Corporation,   Nippon
Electric Corporation,  Mitsubishi,  Ltd., Fujitsu, Ltd., Panasonic Ltd., Polycom
Corporation, and Tandberg ASA.

         Certain of our competitors  have devoted  significant  resources to the
development and marketing of person-to-person  visual  communications  products,
such as desktop  videoconferencing  systems, set-top systems, and software-based
internet/intranet  visual  communications  systems,  which may help to  increase
awareness in the value of visual communications products while also resulting in
increased  competition.  Microsoft  has  introduced  visual  components  to  its
NetMeeting  Release 2.0(TM)  product.  We intend to continue to focus on large-,
small-, and work-group visual communication systems, in addition to gateways and
other products,  where we believe we can add significant value through software,
user interfaces,  integrated environments, and applications designed to meet the
needs of its targeted  markets.  Additionally,  we  recognize  that as streaming
technology  proliferates over the Internet,  there will be increased competition
directed toward our Internet products.

         Our  competitors  and  many  of  our  potential  competitors  are  more
established,   benefit  from  greater  market  recognition,   and  have  greater
financial, technological,  production, and marketing resources than we do. It is
possible  for  these  factors  to  have an  adverse  impact  on our  competitive
position.

MANUFACTURING

         VTEL's  manufacturing  operations consist of integration and testing of
subsystems and  assemblies.  Our  manufacturing  strategy is to contract work to
established  vendors,  with VTEL fulfilling the quality and materials management
functions.   Substantially  all  of  the  integrated  circuits,  subsystems  and
assemblies used in our products are made to our  specifications by third parties
under  contract.  We establish  the  relationship  with the  component  vendors,
qualifies  the  vendors  and  arranges  for  shipment to VTEL or directly to the
vendor responsible for the next level of integration.  Systems must pass several
levels of testing,  including testing with  current-release  software,  prior to
shipment.  Our manufacturing  quality system was initially certified in December
1994 as meeting the standards of ISO 9002 as set by the International  Standards
Organization.  VTEL has passed  subsequent  audits with only minimal  corrective
action needed.

         We rely on  outside  vendors  for  supplying  substantially  all of our
electronic components, subsystems and assemblies. Although we use standard parts
and  components  for our products  that are  generally  available  from multiple
vendors,  certain components are currently  available only from sole sources and
embody such  parties'  proprietary  technology.  We depend upon our suppliers to
deliver products that are free from defects,  competitive in  functionality  and
price and consistent with our specifications and delivery schedules. The failure
of a supplier to provide such products could delay or interrupt our  manufacture
and delivery of products and thereby adversely affect our business and operating
results.  We  endeavor  to  mitigate  the  potential  adverse  effect  of supply
interruptions  by  carefully  qualifying  vendors  on the basis of  quality  and
dependability  and by maintaining  adequate  inventories of certain  components.
However,  there  can be no  assurance  that  such  components  will  be  readily
available  when  needed.  Similarly,  excessive  rework  costs  associated  with
defective  components or process errors could adversely  affect our business and
operating results.  We do not have contracts with many of our suppliers ensuring
continued availability of key components.

         VTEL attempts to forecast orders and to purchase certain long lead-time
components in advance of receipt of purchase  orders from customers to enable us
to provide timely deliveries to customers when customer orders are received.  In
addition,  from time to time we enter into development  arrangements  with other
third parties to develop and  incorporate  new features and  functions  into our
products.  As such, we are  dependent  upon these third parties to fulfill their
respective  obligations  under these  development  arrangements,  and failure of
these third parties to do so could have a material adverse effect on our results
of operations.

                                       10
<PAGE>


PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS

         VTEL has 24 patents  issued by the United  States  Patent and Trademark
Office and 15 patent applications pending related to our technology.

         There can be no  assurance  that the pending  patents will be issued or
that issued patents can be defended  successfully.  However,  we do not consider
patent  protection  crucial to our success.  We believe  that, due to  the rapid
pace of technological change in the videoconferencing industry, legal protection
for our  products are less  significant  than factors such as our use of an open
architecture,  the success of our  distribution  strategy,  the ongoing  product
innovation and the knowledge, ability and experience of our employees.

         VTEL has been issued two trademarks and two service marks by the United
States Patent and Trademark Office covering the "VTEL" mark and our logo as well
as  trademarks  and  service  marks  issued by  certain  foreign  countries  and
entities.  Applications for other  trademarks are currently  pending both in the
United States and abroad.

EMPLOYEES

         At July 31, 1999, we employed 617 full-time employees as follows:

                                                              NUMBER OF
                     FUNCTION                                 EMPLOYEES

                     Sales and marketing                          224
                     Research and development                     113
                     Service, support and
                       systems integration                        143
                     Manufacturing                                 50
                     Finance and administration                    87
                                                             =============
                          Total                                   617
                                                             =============

         Our  continued  success will depend,  in large part,  on our ability to
attract  and retain  trained and  qualified  personnel  who are in great  demand
throughout the industry. None of our employees are represented by a labor union.
We believe that our employee relations are good.

          VTEL's development,  management of its growth and other activities de-
pend on the efforts of key management and technical  employees.  Competition for
such personnel is intense. We use incentives, including competitive compensation
and stock option plans, to attract and retain  well-qualified  employees.  There
can be no  assurance,  however,  that we will  continue  to  attract  and retain
personnel with the requisite  capabilities  and  experience.  The loss of one or
more of our key management or technical personnel also could have a material and
adverse affect. VTEL generally does not have employment  agreements with its key
management  personnel  or  technical  employees.  Our  future  success  is  also
dependent upon our ability to effectively attract,  retain,  train, motivate and
manage our employees.  Failure to do so could have a material  adverse effect on
our business and operating results.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

         Our executive officers are as follows:

                                       11
<PAGE>

         STEPHEN L. VON RUMP,  age 41, was  appointed  President of VTEL in July
1999.  He joined VTEL as Chief  Marketing  Officer in September  1998.  Prior to
joining VTEL, Mr. Von Rump spent thirteen years at MCI Corporation most recently
as Vice President,  Enterprise  Services  Marketing where he was responsible for
their data and Internet  services  strategy.  As one of MCI's top data marketing
executives, he lead the transition of their enterprise  business  offerings from
legacy data  services  into the new era of virtual data and  internet  services.
Prior to MCI,  Mr.  Von Rump was a member  of the  technical  staff at AT&T Bell
Laboratories. He holds a master's degree in electrical engineering, has authored
numerous technical and marketing  publications and served as keynote speaker for
numerous professional conferences in the U.S. and abroad.

         RODNEY S.  BOND,  age 55,  joined  VTEL in May 1990 as Chief  Financial
Officer, Vice President - Finance and Assistant Secretary and Treasurer.  He has
served as Secretary of VTEL since  February 1993 and is now Assistant  Treasurer
as of  February  1999.  From 1989 until he joined  VTEL,  he served as  Managing
Director of Sherman Partners,  a Dallas-based  private investment and consulting
firm.  From September  1985 to October 1988, Mr. Bond served as Chief  Financial
Officer and Executive Vice President of Advanced Business Communications,  Inc.,
a telecommunications equipment manufacturer.

         DENNIS M. EGAN, age 48, joined VTEL  in November 1995 as Vice President
- - Service.  From January 1993 to November  1995,  Mr. Egan served as Senior Vice
President of  Peirce-Phelps,  Inc. From June 1985 to January 1993,  Mr. Egan was
Vice  President and General  Manager of the  Integrated  Communications  Systems
Group of Peirce-Phelps. Mr. Egan's pre-1985 experience includes 13 years serving
in various sales and management positions with Peirce-Phelps.

        DIANNE B. JOHNSON, age 40, was appointed Treasurer in February 1999. She
joined  VTEL in July  1988 and has held a variety  of  management  positions  in
finance and  operations.  From December 1984 to July 1988, Ms. Johnson served in
the role of Accounting Manager with Capitol City Contractors.

         STEVE F. KEILEN, age 40, was appointed Vice President,  Chief Marketing
Officer in April 1999. He joined VTEL in July 1998 as Vice President and General
Manager of Enterprise  Systems.  Prior to joining VTEL, Mr. Keilen served as the
Director for Systems  Marketing - North America at Compaq  Computer  Corporation
and was  Director  of  Desktop  Marketing  and  Product  Management  at  Digital
Equipment Corporation prior to the merger of these two companies.  He previously
held management  positions at Digital Equipment  Corporation and Hewlett-Packard
Company.

         F.H.  (DICK)  MOELLER,  age 54,  joined  VTEL in  October  1989  and is
currently  Chairman of the Board of Directors.  From 1989 to September 1998, Mr.
Moeller has also served as  President  and/or Chief  Executive  Officer of VTEL.
From May 1982 to October 1989,  Mr.  Moeller served as the founder and President
of ProfitMaster Computer Systems, Inc., a computer software firm specializing in
real-time financial  management systems for retail  point-of-sale  applications.
Prior to founding such firm, Mr. Moeller spent 12 years with Texas  Instruments,
Inc.  during  which he held a variety of  management  positions,  most  recently
serving as Advanced Systems Manager of its Computer Systems Division.  Effective
in July 1998, Mr. Moeller also began serving as General Partner of SSM Ventures,
a venture capital company.

         LY-HUONG  T.  PHAM,  age 41,  joined  VTEL  in  October  1997 as  Chief
Technology Officer and Vice President of Research and Development. From May 1992
to October  1997,  Ms. Pham served in numerous  senior  management  positions at
Apple Computer,  most recently  serving as senior  director,  Operating  Systems
Technologies. Prior to Apple, Ms. Pham spent 12 years at Wang Laboratories where
she held a variety of technical and senior management positions.

                                       12

<PAGE>

         MICHAEL  J.  STEIGERWALD,  age 40,  joined  VTEL  in June  1998 as Vice
President and General Manager of the Professional  Services  strategic  business
unit, based in King of Prussia,  Pennsylvania.  Mr. Steigerwald  currently holds
the  position  Vice  President  Global  Services.  Prior to  joining  VTEL,  Mr.
Steigerwald held the position of Vice President at Newbridge Networks,  where he
lead the Global  Service and Support  organization  responsible  for their ViVID
Internetworking  Products  business  unit.  For  thirteen  years  prior  to  his
experience  with  Newbridge  Networks,  Mr.  Steigerwald  held several  services
management  positions at  Ungermann-Bass  Networks,  an early pioneer in the LAN
industry,  with  his  last  position  being  that of Vice  President,  Worldwide
Customer Care.

         BOB R. SWEM,  age 62, joined VTEL in September 1992 as Vice President -
Manufacturing. From June 1981 to July 1992, Mr. Swem held various positions with
the  Austin  Division  of  Tandem  Computers,  Inc.,  ranging  from  Manager  of
Manufacturing to Director of Operations.

ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES

         VTEL's  headquarters,  product  development,  and sales  and  marketing
facility leases approximately 139,000 square feet in Austin, Texas under a lease
which  expires in March 2013.  During  fiscal 1999,  we reduced the workforce of
VTEL  (see  Restructuring  Activities  in Item 7.) and as a result  were able to
sublet approximately 15,000 square feet during the later part of fiscal 1999 and
the first quarter of fiscal 2000. We believe that the remaining  facilities  are
adequate to meet our current  requirements,  and that suitable  additional space
will be available,  as needed,  to  accommodate  further  physical  expansion of
corporate and  development  operations  and for  additional  sales and marketing
offices.  VTEL occupies  approximately  60,000 square feet of a facility that is
situated in a light  industrial area in Austin,  Texas where our  manufacturing,
training and spare parts depot are located. VTEL's manufacturing  facilities and
equipment are currently utilized generally on a one-shift per day basis.  Should
additional  manufacturing  capacity be needed  during the next year,  we believe
that it could provide the necessary  manufacturing capacity through the addition
of work shifts or subcontractors and additional warehouse space.

         VTEL leases 52,500 square feet in Sunnyvale,  California  under a lease
that  expires in April 2008.  We have a research  and  development  group in our
Sunnyvale location. As a result of its restructuring activities, VTEL has sublet
approximately 5,200 square feet at its Sunnyvale  location.  VTEL's Professional
Services  group occupies a facility of  approximately  41,000 square feet in the
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania vicinity which is leased through June 2006.

ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

         VTEL is the  defendant or plaintiff in various  actions  which arose in
the normal  course of  business.  In the  opinion of  management,  the  ultimate
disposition  of these  matters  will not have a material  adverse  affect on our
financial condition or results of operations.

         Our wholly owned  subsidiary, CLI, was  previously involved in  a legal
dispute with Philips Electronics North America Corporation  ("Philips").  On May
25, 1999, we announced a compromise  settlement  agreement  between  Philips and
CLI. The settlement agreement, valued at less than $900,000,  stipulates payment
by CLI in the form of cash and a future  payment under a note, for $250,000 (see
Note 8 in the Consolidated Financial  Statements),  as well as warrants for VTEL
common stock.  These amounts had previously  been accrued as part of the reserve
for contingent liabilities related to the merger (see Note 1 in the Consolidated
Financial Statements).  In addition, the settlement mutually releases each party
from all future claims, demands and causes of action.

ITEM 4.    SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

                  None

                                       13


<PAGE>
                                    PART II.

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER
         MATTERS

         Since  April 7,  1992,  VTEL's  Common  Stock  has been  traded  in the
NASDAQ-National  Market System under the symbol "VTEL". The following table sets
forth the range of high and low closing  prices for each fiscal quarter of 1997,
1998 and 1999:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                          FISCAL YEAR                FISCAL YEAR               FISCAL YEAR
                              1997                       1998                      1999
                       HIGH          LOW          HIGH          LOW         HIGH          LOW

<S>                    <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>


      1st Quarter      $ 10.625      $ 6.625      $ 8.875       $ 5.438     $ 5.875       $ 2.875
      2nd Quarter      $ 11.000      $ 8.250      $ 8.438       $ 5.625     $ 4.750       $ 2.500
      3rd Quarter      $  8.625      $ 4.875      $ 7.688       $ 5.250     $ 9.250       $ 2.000
      4th Quarter      $  7.125      $ 5.500      $ 7.063       $ 4.750     $ 6.500       $ 4.000

</TABLE>


         VTEL has not paid cash  dividends  on its  Common  Stock and  presently
intends to  continue a policy of  retaining  earnings  for  reinvestment  in its
business.

ITEM 6.    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

         The following table sets forth consolidated  financial data for VTEL as
of the dates and for the periods  indicated.  All such data  reflects the Merger
with CLI on May 23, 1997, which was accounted for as a pooling of interests. The
consolidated  operations  data for the years ended July 31, 1997,  1998 and 1999
has been  derived from the audited  consolidated  financial  statements  of VTEL
included elsewhere herein.  The consolidated  operations data for the year ended
December 31, 1995 and the seven months ended July 31, 1996 has been derived from
the audited consolidated financial statements of VTEL not included herein.

         The  consolidated  balance  sheet data as of July 31, 1998 and 1999 has
been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of VTEL included
elsewhere  herein.  The consolidated  balance sheet data as of December 31, 1995
and July 31,  1996 and 1997  have been  derived  from the  audited  consolidated
financial statements of VTEL not included herein.

          The consolidated financial  data as of July 31, 1995 and for the seven
months then ended have been derived from the  unaudited  consolidated  financial
statements of VTEL not included  herein.  The unaudited  consolidated  financial
data include all adjustments,  consisting of normal recurring adjustments, which
VTEL considers necessary for a fair presentation of its financial position as of
such dates and the results of operations  and cash flows for such  periods.  The
selected  financial  data should be read in  conjunction  with the  consolidated
financial  statements  of VTEL and  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

         The Restatement of the Consolidated  Financial Information combines the
financial information of VTEL and CLI giving retroactive effect to the merger as
if the two companies had operated as a single company for all periods presented.
However,  the two companies operated  independently prior to the merger that was
consummated in May 1997 and the  historical  changes and trends in the financial
condition  and  results  of  operations  of these two  companies  resulted  from
independent activities.

                                       14
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                           FOR THE
                                     FOR THE YEAR        SEVEN MONTHS                  FOR THE YEARS
                                        ENDED               ENDED                           ENDED
                                        DEC 31,            JULY 31,                        JULY 31,
                                         1995         1995         1996        1997          1998         1999
                                     ------------    ------       ------      ------        ------       ------
                                                    UNAUDITED
                                                       In thousands, except per share amounts

<S>                                     <C>            <C>         <C>        <C>           <C>         <C>
STATEMENT OF  OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues                                $ 191,074      $98,079     $96,962    $ 191,023     $ 179,684   $ 151,602
Gross margin                               66,843       39,971      35,980       74,702        84,957      67,238
Net income (loss) from continuing
    operations                            (17,301)      (4,335)    (18,507)     (44,271)        2,779     (15,565)
Net income (loss)                         (53,843)      (3,811)    (18,507)     (52,054)        2,779     (15,565)
Net income (loss) per share from
    continuing  operations                  (0.90)       (0.24)      (0.87)       (2.10)         0.12       (0.66)

Net income (loss) per share                 (2.81)       (0.21)      (0.87)       (2.45)         0.12       (0.66)

BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital                         $  93,330      $76,023     $77,091    $  39,528      $ 41,503   $  28,135
Total assets                              223,061      182,082     175,092      131,135       129,289     124,091
Long-term liabilities                         985        1,278           -            -         3,848      15,930

Stockholders' equity                      139,512      126,739     122,238       76,765        81,258      68,019

</TABLE>

ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
           RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF THE COMPANY

          On May 23, 1997,  shareholders  of VTEL and CLI approved the merger of
VTEL-Sub,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation and direct  wholly-owned  subsidiary of
VTEL  ("Merger  Sub"),  with and into CLI,  pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of
Merger and Reorganization (the "Merger  Agreement"),  with CLI becoming a direct
wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  VTEL  (the  "Merger").   The  restatement  of  the
consolidated financial information for the year ended July 31, 1997 combines the
financial information of VTEL and CLI giving retroactive effect to the Merger as
if the two companies had operated as a single  company for the entire year.  The
following  discussion of the consolidated  operations and financial condition of
VTEL should be read in conjunction  with our consolidated  financial  statements
and related notes thereto included elsewhere herein.

         The restatement of the consolidated  financial information combines the
financial information of VTEL and CLI giving retroactive effect to the Merger as
if the two companies had operated as a single company for all periods presented.
However,  the two companies operated  independently prior to the Merger that was
consummated in May 1997 and the  historical  changes and trends in the financial
condition  and  results  of  operations  of these two  companies  resulted  from
independent activities.  Nonetheless,  the following Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations attempts to relate the
activities  which resulted in the changes in financial  condition and results of
operations of the combined company,  taking into  consideration  that a trend or
change in the  historical  results  of the  combined  entity  was caused by many
events  related  to  each  individual   company   operating   independently   as
competitors.  The financial information presented on a historical restated basis
is not indicative of the financial  condition and results of operations that may
have  been  achieved  in the  past or will be  achieved  in the  future  had the
companies operated as a single entity for the periods  presented.  The following
discussion of the consolidated operations and financial condition of VTEL should
be read in conjunction  with our consolidated  financial  statements and related
notes thereto included elsewhere herein.

RESULT OF OPERATIONS

         The  following  table sets forth for the fiscal  periods  indicated the
percentage  of  revenues  represented  by certain  items in VTEL's  consolidated
statement of operations:

                                       15
<PAGE>

                                                      FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                                             JULY 31,
                                              1997           1998         1999

Revenues                                     100.0%         100.0%       100.0%
Gross margin                                  39.1            47.3        44.4
Selling, general and administrative           34.2            36.1        40.1
Research and development                      12.8            11.1        11.8
Total operating expenses                      62.9            46.8        54.7
Other income, net                              0.6             1.1         0.1
Net income (loss) from continuing
   operations                                (23.2)            1.5       (10.3)
Net income (loss)                            (27.3)%           1.5%      (10.3)%

FOR THE YEARS ENDED JULY 31, 1997, 1998, AND 1999

Revenues

         Consolidated  revenues decreased  from $191.0 million in fiscal 1997 to
$179.7 million in fiscal 1998 and to $151.6 million in fiscal 1999.

         Revenues for the year ended July 31, 1998 decreased in comparison  with
revenues  for the year  ended  July 31,  1997 due to Merger  transition  issues.
During the year ended July 31,  1998,  we combined  the sales forces of VTEL and
CLI,  migrated  to a single  product  platform  by  eliminating  the  former CLI
platform, and combined the management and operations of the two companies into a
single  organization.  The primary  reason for the  decrease in revenues  during
fiscal 1999 was the result of a decrease in unit sales of our large group visual
communications  systems. The decline in revenues is also attributed to delays or
shifts  in  purchasing   decisions  of  customers  resulting  from  new  product
announcements  by VTEL  and its  competitors.  We have  determined  that  trends
presented by our customer base indicate shifts of capital  spending.  It appears
that customers may be delaying  their purchase  decision for large group systems
while they  evaluate the impact of  converting  from  videoconferencing  systems
which  currently run on digital  (ISDN) type phone lines to systems which run on
Internet Protocol (IP) packet based networks. We anticipate that this trend will
reverse itself as we release  products in fiscal 2000 that provide an IP network
solution.

         We differentiate  our operations  between product and service.  We feel
that our  service  capabilities  set us  apart  from  our  competitors.  Service
revenues have  continued to increase  over the last three fiscal years,  and for
the years ended July 31, 1997,  1998, and 1999,  services have  represented 21%,
25% and  30%,  respectively,  of total  revenues.  Margins  associated  with our
service  operations  have  continued to  increase,  for the years ended July 31,
1997, 1998 and 1999,  gross margins for services  increased to 28%, 36% and 37%,
respectively.

         International  sales  as a  percentage  of total  consolidated  product
revenues  were,  26%, 24% and 22% for the years ended July 31, 1997,  1998,  and
1999.  These  revenue  percentages  represent  export  sales  from our  domestic
operations, as well as sales from our foreign subsidiaries.  The general decline
in  international  sales over the three year  period can be  attributed  to many
factors  including  the economic  decline in the Far East and  competition  from
foreign  producers of competing  videoconferencing  systems in Europe as well as
the Far East.

                                       16
<PAGE>

         VTEL  primarily  sells its products  through  resellers.  For the years
ended July 31,  1997,  1998 and 1999  reseller  sales  were 75%,  77% and 80% of
product sales, respectively.

         One of VTEL's  initiatives  is to grow revenues from non-U.S.  markets.
Non-U.S. operations are subject to certain risks inherent in conducting business
abroad  including  price and  currency  exchange  fluctuations  and  restrictive
government  actions.  We believe our foreign currency  exposure to be relatively
low as foreign sales are predominantly in U.S. dollars.  We use currency hedging
programs that utilize foreign currency forward  contracts on a limited basis and
review the credit  worthiness  of our  customers  to mitigate  foreign  currency
exchange and credit risk.  There can be no assurance  that our foreign  currency
hedging program will effectively  hedge foreign currency exchange risk (see also
"Market Risk" below).

         While  we  strive  for  consistent  revenue  growth,  there  can  be no
assurance  that  consistent  revenue  growth or  profitability  can be achieved.
Consistent with many companies in the technology industry, our business model is
characterized  by a very high degree of operating  leverage.  Our expense levels
are based, in part, on our  expectations as to future revenue levels,  which are
difficult to predict partly due to VTEL's strategy of distributing  its products
primarily   through   resellers.   Because  expense  levels  are  based  on  our
expectations as to future revenues,  our expense base is relatively fixed in the
short term. If revenue levels are below  expectations,  operating results may be
materially   and   adversely   affected   and  net   income   is  likely  to  be
disproportionately  adversely  affected.  In addition,  our quarterly and annual
results may fluctuate as a result of many factors,  including price  reductions,
delays in the introduction of new products,  delays in purchase decisions due to
new product announcements by VTEL or its competitors, cancellations or delays of
orders,  interruptions  or delays in  supplies  of key  components,  changes  in
reseller base,  customer base, business or product mix and seasonal patterns and
other shifts of capital spending by customers. There can be no assurance that we
will be able to increase  or even  maintain  our current  level of revenues on a
quarterly or annual basis in the future.

Gross margin

         Gross  margins  were 39%, 47% and 44% for the years ended July 31, 1997
,1998, and 1999 respectively.

         During the year ended July 31, 1997 VTEL's restated  combined  revenues
consisted of a higher proportion of revenues from CLI, which resulted in a lower
gross margin on a combined basis. The higher proportion of product revenues from
the large group visual communications systems using the ESA platform resulted in
a higher  blended  gross  margin for the year ended July 31, 1998 as compared to
the year ended July 31,  1998.  The lower gross margin  percentage  for the year
ended July 31, 1999 was the result of the shift by our customers to the purchase
of lower margin  product  segments as well as lower average sales prices brought
on by  competitive  price  pressure.  Gross product  margins were also adversely
affected  by  excess  manufacturing  capacity  as unit  sales  were  lower  than
initially anticipated.  As we continue to grow our Global Services division, the
associated  service and systems  integration  revenues which  generally  carry a
lower  gross  margin  than  our  product  revenues,  may  contribute  to overall
downward gross margin pressure.

         While many  customers  continue  to delay the  purchase  of higher cost
large group systems, some are shifting to the purchase of lower cost small group
systems in order to maintain  their visual  communications  networks with only a
moderate  continued  investment  during the perceived  industry  transition.  We
believe  this  transition  will be driven by the shift to visual  communications
systems which function within an IP network environment.  As such, we anticipate
that lower gross  margins  will be offset by stronger  unit sales as IP networks
proliferate.

         We expect gross margin  pressures due to price  competitiveness  in the
industry,  shifts in the  product  sales mix and  anticipated  offerings  of new
products,  which may carry a lower gross  margin.  We expect that overall  price
competitiveness in the industry will continue to become more intense as users of
visual communication  systems attempt to balance performance,  functionality and
cost.  Our gross margin is subject to fluctuation  based on pricing,  production
costs and sales mix.

                                       17
<PAGE>

Selling, general and administrative

         Selling, general and administrative expenses of $60.9 million in fiscal
1999  decreased by 6% from $64.8 million in fiscal 1998,  which  decreased by 1%
from $65.4 million in fiscal 1997. Selling,  general and administrative expenses
were 34%, 36% and 40% of revenues  for the years ended July 31,  1997,  1998 and
1999.

         Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue
increased from the year ended July 31, 1997 to the year ended July 31, 1998. The
proportionate  increase was due to  investments  made during the year ended July
31, 1998 related to  marketing  and branding  campaigns  which were  designed to
provide brand awareness for VTEL's products and to establish VTEL as an industry
leader in visual communications.  Additionally, Merger transition issues related
to the  combination  of the  sales  forces  of VTEL  and CLI  contributed  to an
increase in selling, general and administrative expenses without a proportionate
increase in revenues.

         Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue
increased  from the year  ended July 31,  1998 to the year  ended July 31,  1999
despite a decline in total expenses.  VTEL's expense levels were based, in part,
on expectations  as to revenue levels.  Because expense levels were based on our
expectations  of future  revenues,  our expense base is relatively  fixed in the
short term. For this reason, the selling,  general and  administrative  expenses
were higher,  as a percentage of revenues,  for fiscal 1999 as compared to prior
periods.

Research and development expense

         Research  and  development  expenses of $18.0  million  in fiscal  1999
decreased by 9.5% from $19.9 million  in fiscal 1998,  which  decreased by 18.7%
from $24.5 million in 1997. Research and development  expenses were 12.8%, 11.1%
and 11.8% of  revenues  for the  years  ended  July 31,  1997,  1998,  and 1999.
Merger-related  expenses recorded during the year ended July 31, 1997 included a
$3.2 million  charge for the write-off of capitalized  research and  development
cost  incurred by CLI for  products  that were  discontinued  subsequent  to the
Merger.  Efficiencies  were realized by combining  the research and  development
efforts of VTEL and CLI  subsequent to the Merger and the Company  migrated to a
single product platform by eliminating CLI's product platform.  The research and
development  capabilities  of both  companies  were  then  focused  on a  single
platform  such  that  Company  could  make a larger  investment  in its  ESA(TM)
platform while  reducing the overall  research and  development  expenses of the
combined  companies.  Additionally,  during  the year ended  July 31,  1998,  we
capitalized  $0.98 million of software  development costs related to new product
developments  resulting  in a reduction  in research  and  development  expenses
recorded during the year.

         The decrease in research  and  development  expense from the year ended
July 31, 1998 to the year ended July 31, 1999  reflects  the  capitalization  of
software  development  costs  totaling  $6.4 million.  Research and  development
projects  being  capitalized  are  related  to the new user  interface  software
included with our next generation of video conferencing systems and software for
video  conferencing  solutions  over IP  networks.  In  October  1999,  the user
interface  software  was  released  with  our  new  Galaxy(TM)  line  of  visual
communication  systems.  Software  development  costs  are  capitalized  after a
product is  determined to be  technologically  feasible and is in the process of
being developed for market.  At the time of release,  the  capitalized  software
will be amortized  over the  estimated  economic  life of the related  projects.
During the year ended July 31, 1999, research and development  expenses included
a charge for in-process  research and development related to the acquired assets
of Vosaic (see  "Acquisition"  below). As part of the valuation  associated with
Vosaic,  we recorded a charge to research and  development  expense of $474,000.
The charge is based on our estimate of purchase price  associated  with research
and development on projects that were in-process at the time of acquisition. The
charge for  research and  development  that was  in-process  relates to the next
generation video streaming  product that was  approximately  20% complete at the
date of acquisition.

         The market for VTEL's  products is  characterized  by rapidly  changing
technology, evolving industry standards and frequent product introductions.  New
products  are  generally  characterized  by increased  functionality  and better
picture quality at lower  bandwidths and at reduced prices.  The introduction of

                                       18
<PAGE>


products,  by either VTEL or its  competitors,  embodying new technology and the
emergence of new industry  standards may render existing  products  obsolete and
unmarketable.  Our ability to  successfully  develop and  introduce  on a timely
basis new and  enhanced  products  that embody new  technology,  anticipate  and
incorporate  evolving industry standards and achieve levels of functionality and
prices  acceptable to the market will be a significant  factor in VTEL's ability
to grow and to remain competitive.  Although the percentage of revenues invested
in research and development may vary from period to period, VTEL is committed to
investing in its research and development programs.

Merger and other expense

         Merger and other expense decreased from $29.4 million in fiscal 1997 to
a $1.5  million  credit to income in fiscal  1998 and a $0.2  million  credit to
income in fiscal  1999.  Merger and other  expenses  of $29.4  million  recorded
during  fiscal  1997  consisted  of  transaction  expenses  of $5.7  million and
restructuring  and  other  expenses  of  $23.7  million.   See  Note  1  to  the
Consolidated Financial Statements.

         In connection with the Merger,  we made the decision to discontinue the
CLI  product-line and made the transition to a single product  platform,  VTEL's
Enterprise  Series  Architecture  (ESA)  platform.  We also made the decision to
reduce  duplicate  operating  functions,  which  resulted in a reduction  in the
workforce of CLI. The merger transition plan also resulted in a charge in fiscal
1997 for the  obsolescence  of all the remaining  CLI  inventory  related to the
discontinued   products   ($3.5  million)  and  the  impairment  of  excess  and
unproductive   assets  ($9.0  million).   Asset  impairment  was  determined  by
estimating the lower of the asset's  carrying  amount or fair value less cost to
sell.

         Management  determined that,  based on  unanticipated  favorable events
that occurred during fiscal 1998, including resolution of certain litigation and
other matters,  a reversal of certain  accruals  totaling $2.6 million should be
recorded in fiscal  1998.  Separately,  a charge of $1.0 million was recorded to
reflect the final  write-off and disposal  costs of remaining  discontinued  CLI
inventory, which had previously been held for sale.

         During the year ended July 31, 1999, the final  significant  contingent
liabilities,  involving  litigation  in which CLI was a  defendant,  were either
settled or  dismissed in court.  Final Merger  related  payments  totaling  $1.3
million  were paid during  1999.  In  addition,  we  recorded a note  payable to
Philips  Electronics North America Corporation for $0.3 million as part of terms
of that  settlement  agreement.  Since no  determinable  contingent  liabilities
remained in relation to the  Merger,  the final  balance of accrued  liabilities
totaling $0.2 million were returned as a credit to the Consolidated Statement of
Operations.

Restructuring Activities

         In  November  1998,  management  adopted a  restructuring  plan that is
intended to match the size and complexity of the  organization  with our planned
path.  The plan  included the  involuntary  reduction of 138  employees in 1999.
Terminations  were generally made in all departments,  including  manufacturing,
sales,  management  and  accounting,  and were  effective  immediately  for most
employees upon announcement. We also made the decision to reduce operating costs
by  exiting  other  activities  and  reducing  related  overhead  costs.   These
activities  included  the  closure  of  certain  field  sales  offices  and  our
Sunnyvale, California spare parts depot.

         As a result of the restructuring,  we recorded a charge of $3.1 million
during the year ended July 31, 1999. As of July 31, 1999,  substantially  all of
the termination  and severance  benefits had  been paid.  The transition  of the
spare parts depot in Sunnyvale was completed during 1999.

         The following schedule  summarizes the components and activities of the
restructuring plan:

                                                                      BALANCE
                               RESTRUCTURING    EXPENDITURES         ACCRUED AT
                                  CHARGE          INCURRED         JULY 31, 1999

Termination and severance
 benefits                        $ 2,311           $ 2,293             $ 18
Facility closure and other
 (primarily non-cancelable
 lease obligations)                  769               769                -
                                 -------           -------             ----
                                 $ 3,080           $ 3,062             $ 18
                                 =======           =======             ====

                                       19
<PAGE>

Interest income and expense

         Interest income was $2.7 million,  $1.2 million and $.8 million for the
years ended July 31, 1997,  1998,  and 1999,  respectively.  Changes in interest
income are based on interest  rates  earned on invested  cash and cash  balances
available for investment.  The decrease in interest income during fiscal 1998 is
the result of the  reduced  cash  balances  due to Merger  related  expenditures
incurred and  primarily is the result of reduced cash  balances due to operating
losses during fiscal 1999.

         Interest  expense was $1.6  million,  $0 and $0.9 million for the years
July 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999 respectively.  Interest expense for the year ending
July 31, 1997 relates almost entirely to VTEL's  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  CLI,
which relied on lines of credit to fund working  capital and capital  investment
requirements.  No interest  expense was incurred during fiscal 1998 as we repaid
all outstanding debt prior to July 31, 1997. Interest expense during fiscal 1999
relates to borrowings under our line of credit as well as interest paid on notes
payable.

Income taxes

         We have experienced  substantial changes in ownership as defined by the
Internal Revenue Code. These changes result in annual  limitations of the amount
of net operating loss  carryforward  generated prior to each change which can be
utilized to offset future taxable income. As a result of the ownership change at
CLI  at the  date  of  the  Merger,  a  portion  of  CLI's  net  operating  loss
carryforward  generated  prior to the Merger will never be  available  to offset
future  taxable  income  due to the  effect  of the  annual  limitation  and the
expiration  of the related net  operating  losses.  Therefore,  the  unavailable
portion of the net operating loss  carryforward is not considered in determining
the deferred tax asset at July 31, 1999.

         At  July  31,  1999,   VTEL  had  total  domestic  net  operating  loss
carryforwards of $113,948 ($40,530 and $73,418 for VTEL and CLI,  respectively).
The portions of these carryforwards available for utilization during fiscal 2000
(in  consideration  of the  annual  limitations)  are  $83,048.  Additional  net
operating  losses  created  prior to the  changes in  control  of $2,574  become
available  in each  subsequent  year and  accumulate  if not used until such net
operating losses expire.

         Due to the uncertainty surrounding the timing of realizing the benefits
of our  favorable tax  attributes  in future tax returns,  we have placed a full
valuation allowance against our net deferred tax asset. Accordingly, no deferred
tax benefit has been recorded for the years ended July 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999.

Discontinued operation

         In November 1995, VTEL's wholly-owned  subsidiary,  CLI, adopted a plan
to  discontinue  operation  of  its  broadcast  products  division and focus its
efforts and resources in developing and marketing videoconferencing products. In
June 1996,  CLI completed the sale of certain  assets of its broadcast  products
division.  During the year ended July 31,  1997,  CLI revised the amount of loss
associated  with  disposing of the broadcast  products  division and recorded an
additional  charge  of  $7.8  million,   primarily  due  to  additional  at-risk
receivables  that were  subsequently  identified (see Note 7 to the Consolidated
Financial  Statements).  No  activity  related  to  discontinued  operation  was
recorded in either fiscal 1998 or 1999.


                                       20
<PAGE>
Net income (loss)

         VTEL generated a net loss from  continuing  operations of $44.3 million
for the year ended July 31, 1997.  In fiscal  1998,  we recorded net income from
continuing  operations  of $2.8  million.  For the year ended  July 31,  1999 we
generated a net loss of $15.6 million.  The large net loss incurred for the year
ended July 31,  1997 was due  substantially  to charges of $29.4  million  taken
related to the Merger (see Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).  We
generated  net income during fiscal 1998 as a result of a reduction of operating
expenses which was greater than the decline in revenues and several nonrecurring
events. Additionally,  we generated income of approximately $1.3 million (net of
expenses) from a planned  non-recurring real estate transaction which eliminated
duplicate corporate headquarter  facilities.  Due to the favorable resolution of
certain  Merger-related issues during the year ended July 31, 1998, we were able
to  record a net  credit  to income of  approximately  $1.5  million  due to the
reversal of certain  Merger and other accruals that were recorded as of July 31,
1997.

         The loss generated  during fiscal 1999 was the result of lower revenues
due to a decline in the demand for large group video conferencing systems. Since
expense  levels  are  based  to  a  large  extent  on  revenue  expectations  we
experienced  significant losses during the first and second quarters of the year
after  which we were able to  complete  its  restructuring  (see  "Restructuring
Activities") and align more closely its expense levels with projected revenue.

Other factors affecting results of operations

         VTEL's future  results of operations and financial  condition  could be
impacted by the following factors, among others: trends in the videoconferencing
market  segment,   introduction  of  new  products  by  competitors,   increased
competition  due to the entrance of other  companies into the  videoconferencing
market segment especially more established companies with greater resources than
ours,  delay  in  the  introduction  of  higher  performance  products,   market
acceptance of new products  introduced by VTEL, price competition,  interruption
of the supply of low-cost  products from third-party  manufacturers,  changes in
general  economic  conditions  in any of the  countries in which we do business,
adverse legal  disputes and delays in purchases  relating to federal  government
procurement.


         Due to the factors noted above and elsewhere in Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, our past earnings
and stock price have been, and future  earnings and stock price  potentially may
be, subject to significant  volatility,  particularly on a quarterly basis. Past
financial  performance  should not be considered a reliable  indicator of future
performance and investors are cautioned in using historical trends to anticipate
results or trends in future  periods.  Any shortfall in revenue or earnings from
the levels  anticipated  by  securities  analysts  could have an  immediate  and
significant  effect on the  trading  price of VTEL's  Common  Stock in any given
period.   Also,  we  participate  in  a  highly  dynamic  industry  which  often
contributes to the volatility of VTEL's Common Stock price.

         On  October  1, 1999,  VTEL  filed  Form 8-K in which we  restated  our
Consolidated  Statement of Operations  for the quarters  ended October 31, 1998,
January 31, 1999 and April 30, 1999. The restatements are attributed to non-cash
adjustments made to certain  depreciation and amortization  accounts,  inventory
accounts,  and to the reversal of final acceptance  revenues for certain Chinese
orders in which final cash  payment  has not yet been  received.  The  unaudited
quarterly  financial  results  are  included  in  Note  15 of  the  accompanying
Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                       21
<PAGE>

          Further,  this  Annual  Report  on Form 10-K contains  forward-looking
statements,  within the meaning of the Private Securities  Litigation Reform Act
of 1995,  that  relate to future  results or events and are based on our current
expectations.  There are many  factors  that affect our  business and results of
operations, all of which involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual
results to differ  materially  from  those  reflected  in those  forward-looking
statements, including the risks discussed above and elsewhere herein.

Liquidity and capital resources

         At July 31, 1999, we had working  capital of $28.1  million,  including
$12.1 million in cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments. Cash used by
operating  activities  was $15.2 million for the year ended July 31, 1997.  Cash
provided by operating  activities  was $19.8 million for the year ended July 31,
1998.  Cash used by operating  activities  was $10.7  million for the year ended
July 31, 1999.  Changes in cash from  operating  activities  are  primarily  the
result of the net losses or income  generated  and  changes in working  capital,
primarily  increases  and  decreases  in accounts  receivable,  inventories  and
accounts payable.

         Cash  provided by investing  activities  was $23.3 million for the year
ended July 31, 1997 as compared to cash used in  investing  activities  of $10.6
million for the year ended July 31, 1998.  During fiscal 1997,  cash provided by
investing activities was primarily due to the net sale of investments to finance
our  operations  during the  period,  which  included  large  cash  requirements
associated with the Merger. During fiscal 1998 cash used in investing activities
was primarily the result of  expenditures  related to leasehold  improvements in
Austin and Sunnyvale,  the  implementation  of its Enterprise  Resource Planning
System,  our  transaction   processing  and  financial  accounting  system,  and
purchases of  equipment.  During  fiscal 1999, we used $4.6 million in investing
activities that were spent primarily to complete the acquisition of property and
equipment and capitalize the costs  associated with the research and development
of our next generation of visual  communication  products.  These were partially
offset by the net sale and maturity of short-term investments.

         Cash used by financing  activities  was $5.1 million for the year ended
July,  31 1997 as compared  to cash  provided by  financing  activities  of $1.5
million  for the year  ended  July  31,  1998 and  cash  provided  by  financing
activities  of $8.0  million  for the year  ended  July 31,  1999.  Cash used in
financing activities during fiscal 1997 was primarily the result of the purchase
of  treasury  stock  by VTEL  and  the  repayment  of  debt by our  wholly-owned
subsidiary,  CLI,  offset by the sale of preferred  stock by CLI during the year
ended July 31, 1997.  Cash provided by financing  activities  for the year ended
July 31, 1998  relates to the  issuance of stock under  VTEL's  stock option and
stock purchase  plans (see Note 10 to our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements).
Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended July 31, 1999 relate to
borrowing  under our line of credit and is offset by the  purchase  of  treasury
stock and payments on notes payable.

         During fiscal 1997, we purchased 455,200 shares of our Common Stock for
approximately  $3.7 million.  All of the repurchased shares were reissued during
fiscal 1997 to fulfill  requirements  for VTEL's Common Stock. In February 1997,
we terminated the stock  repurchase  program.  During fiscal 1999 we initiated a
new stock repurchase program and repurchased  526,000 shares of our Common Stock
for $2.3 million.  The repurchased shares have been used to fulfill requirements
for VTEL's stock  including  stock option  exercises  or stock  issuances  under
business combination transactions. No additional share repurchases are currently
planned, although we  are authorized to  repurchase up to  1,474,000  additional
shares.

         VTEL has a $20.0 million revolving line of credit with a banking syndi-
cate.  We have  issued a letter  of  credit  totaling  $1.2  million  under  our
revolving  line of credit as a lease deposit on one of our  facilities.  At July
31, 1999 we have drawn $11.2 million under the  syndicated  line of credit.  The
line of credit is subject to loan  covenants  that  require the  maintenance  of
certain financial ratios. In the event we are unable to maintain these ratios in
the future; additional advances under the line of credit may not be available.

         VTEL's principal sources of liquidity at July 31, 1999 consist of $12.1
million of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments,  amounts available
under our  revolving  line of  credit  and the  ability  to  generate  cash from
operations.

                                       22
<PAGE>

Legal Matters

          VTEL is the defendant  or plaintiff in various  actions which arose in
the normal  course of  business.  In the  opinion of  management,  the  ultimate
disposition  of these  matters  will not have a material  adverse  affect on our
financial condition or results of operations.

         Our wholly owned  subsidiary, CLI, was  previously involved in  a legal
dispute with Philips Electronics North America Corporation  ("Philips").  On May
25, 1999, we announced a compromise  settlement  agreement  between  Philips and
CLI. The settlement  agreement,  valued at less than $900,000 stipulates payment
by CLI in the form of cash and a future  payment  under a note for $250,000 (see
Note 8 in the Consolidated Financial  Statements),  as well as warrants for VTEL
common stock.  These amounts had previously  been accrued as part of the reserve
for contingent liabilities related to the merger (See Note 1 in the Consolidated
Financial Statements).  In addition, the settlement mutually releases each party
from all future claims, demands and causes of action.

Impact of Year 2000

         Many computer systems may experience problems handling dates beyond the
year 1999.  Therefore,  some  computer  hardware  and  software  will need to be
modified  prior to the Year 2000 in order to remain  functional.  Prior to April
1999,  we  believed  that our  products  were Year  2000  compliant  with  minor
exceptions  due to the  incorporation  of third party software such as Microsoft
Windows(TM) which is Year 2000 compliant with minor  exceptions.  In April 1999,
Microsoft  announced  that  upgrades  would be made  available  that  will  make
Microsoft  Windows(TM)  Year 2000  compliant.  The  ability to make  Windows(TM)
compliant   favorably   affects  VTEL   customers  who  are  using  older  video
conferencing systems that run on Windows 95, 98 and NT(TM) software.  We believe
that all our  products  being  shipped  are Year 2000  compliant.  Additionally,
previous  shipments  of our  current  products  can be made Year 2000  compliant
through  software  patches or upgrades.  While we are not currently aware of any
other Year 2000 compliance  issues with our products,  no assurances can be made
that  problems  will not arise such as  customer  problems  with other  software
programs,  operating  systems  or  hardware  that  disrupt  their  use of  their
products.  There can be no assurances that such disruption  would not negatively
impact costs and revenues in future years.

         The Enterprise  Resource Planning System  was acquired in 1998. We have
been assured by the vendor of our Enterprise  Resource  Planning System that the
system is Year 2000  compliant.  On August 1, 1999, the system began  processing
transactions  in our fiscal year 2000. We began  assessing  Year 2000 issues and
Year 2000 testing of other management information systems during fiscal 1998.

          We presently believe that with   modifications  to  existing  software
and conversions to new software, the Year 2000 issue can be mitigated. It is not
anticipated  that there will be a  significant  increase in costs as much of the
Year 2000 activities  will be a continuation of the on-going  process to improve
all of our systems.  We have  estimated the total costs of Year 2000  compliance
and related contingency planning to be $200,000. We have not accrued any amounts
related to the  expected  costs as we intend to expense  Year 2000 costs as they
are  incurred.  We have plans to complete our internal  risk  assessment of Year
2000 issues and expect to  complete  our review of  significant  vendors and key
business  partners by November 15, 1999.  Through the implementation of our Year
2000 compliant  Enterprise Resource Planning Software and review of all computer
hardware on our premises we are  optimistic  about our ability to continue to be
able to conduct  business on January 1, 2000.  However,  other  factors that are
beyond our control could  potentially have a material effect on future financial
results.  Specific  factors that might cause a material impact include,  but are
not limited to, electrical power outages that would disrupt operations,  failure
by third parties to timely convert their systems, and similar uncertainties.  In
addition,  Year 2000  issues  may  impact our  customer's  ability  to  purchase
products and  therefore  materially  impact our future  revenue  stream.  To the
extent these potential revenue reductions cannot be anticipated and/or we cannot
reduce  operating  expenses  correspondingly,  then  we  may  experience  severe
unfavorable  financial impact to our net income.  We have asked our employees to
be available during the transition period into 2000 as an additional  measure to
address any unexpected Year 2000 issues.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

         In June 1998, the Financial Accounting  Standards Board ("FASB") issued
Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards  (SFAS) No. 133,  "Accounting  for
Derivative  Instruments  and  Hedging  Activities."  SFAS  No.  133  establishes
accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including certain
derivative instruments embedded in other contracts  (collectively referred to as
derivatives) and for hedging  activities.  SFAS No. 133 requires the recognition
of all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the statement of financial
position and the measurement of those instruments at fair value. We are required
to adopt this  standard in the first  quarter of fiscal 2001. We expect that the
adoption  of SFAS  No.  133 will not have a  material  impact  on our  financial
position or our results of operations.

                                       23
<PAGE>

         In April  1998, the American Institute  of Certified Public Accountants
issued Statement of Position (SoP) No. 98-5, "Reporting on the Costs of Start-up
Activities",  which  provides  guidance on the  financial  reporting of start-up
costs and  organization  costs.  It requires  costs of start-up  activities  and
organization costs to be expensed as incurred.  The SoP is effective for VTEL on
August  1,  1999.  We  estimate  that  the  effect  of  adopting  the  SoP to be
approximately  $0.1  million  which will be recorded as a  cumulative  change in
accounting  principle as reported in the results of operations  during the first
quarter of fiscal 2000.

ITEM 7A.   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK

         We identify our  principal  market risks as foreign  currency  exchange
rate  fluctuations and interest rate risk related to long-term debt obligations.
Foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations are mostly related to the settlement
of net intercompany receivables due from our foreign subsidiaries. The amount of
risk is mitigated by the practice of requiring  where  possible the repayment of
such receivables in U.S. currency.  In the normal course of business,  we employ
established  policies and procedures to manage these risks. We use proceeds from
debt  obligations  to  support  general  corporate  purposes  including  capital
expenditures  and working  capital  needs.  Interest rate exposure is related to
borrowings  under the $20 million  revolving line of credit  facility.  Interest
rate  exposure  with  regard to our  investments  is minor due to the short term
nature of our maturities.

Foreign Exchange Risk

         Our  objective in managing our  exposure to foreign  currency  exchange
rate  fluctuations  is to reduce the impact of adverse  fluctuations in earnings
and  cash  flows  associated  with  foreign  currency   exchange  rate  changes.
Accordingly, we utilize forward contracts to hedge our foreign currency exposure
on firm  commitments.  The principal  currencies  hedged during fiscal year 1999
were the German mark,  the Euro and  Australian  dollar.  We monitor our foreign
currency exchange  exposures to ensure the overall  effectiveness of our foreign
currency  hedge  positions.  However,  there  can be no  assurance  our  foreign
currency hedging  activities will offset the impact of substantial  fluctuations
in currency exchange rates on our results of operations and financial position.

The following are summarized market  risks of forward contracts at July 31, 1999
by foreign currencies in which we do business:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Thousands except contract rates)       Notional               Average          Unrealized
                                       Settlement             Contract             Gain
     Functional Currency                 Amount                 Rate              (Loss)
- -------------------------------    -----------------       --------------     -------------
<S>                                      <C>                      <C>              <C>
Euros                                    $ 2,261                  1.07             $ (19)

Australian Dollars                           452                  0.65                 1
                                         -------                  ----             -----
                                         $ 2,713                                   $ (18)
                                         =======                                   =====

                                                       * * *
</TABLE>


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                           INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<S>                                                                                                       <C>
Report of Independent Accountants                                                                         26

Financial Statements:

      Consolidated Balance Sheet as of July 31, 1998 and 1999                                             27

      Consolidated Statement of Operations for the years ended
           July 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999                                                                   28

      Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the
           years ended July 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999                                                       29

      Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows the years ended July 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999                   30

      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                                                          31

Financial Statement Schedules:

      Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts                                                     56

      Schedules  other than those listed above have been omitted  since they are
      either not  required,  not  applicable  or the  information  is  otherwise
      included

</TABLE>

                                       25
<PAGE>


                        REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


To the Board of Directors and
 Stockholders of VTEL Corporation


         In our opinion,  the consolidated  financial  statements  listed in the
accompanying  index  present  fairly,  in all material  respects,  the financial
position of VTEL Corporation and its subsidiaries at July 31, 1998 and 1999, and
the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years
in the  period  ended  July  31,  1999 in  conformity  with  generally  accepted
accounting  principles.  In addition,  in our opinion,  the financial  statement
schedule listed in the  accompanying  index,  presents  fairly,  in all material
respects,  the information  set forth therein when read in conjunction  with the
related consolidated  financial  statements.  These financial statements and the
financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management;
our  responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements and
the financial statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits of
these  consolidated  financial  statements in accordance with generally accepted
auditing  standards  which  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements,   assessing  the
accounting  principles  used and significant  estimates made by management,  and
evaluating the overall  financial  statement  presentation.  We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Austin, Texas
September 24, 1999

                                       26
<PAGE>


VTEL CORPORATION

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                                                                1998                  1999
<S>                                                                          <C>                   <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
     Cash and equivalents                                                    $ 15,191              $  7,805

     Short-term investments                                                    14,484                 4,308

     Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful
       accounts of $9,447 and $1,223 at
       July 31, 1998 and July 31, 1999                                         40,527                38,291

     Inventories                                                               12,951                15,553

     Prepaid expenses and other current assets                                  2,533                 2,320
                                                                             --------              --------
         Total current assets                                                  85,686                68,277

Property and equipment, net                                                    28,106                29,704

Intangible assets, net                                                         11,812                15,841

Capitalized software                                                              984                 7,351

Other assets                                                                    2,701                 2,918
                                                                             --------              --------
                                                                             $129,289              $124,091
                                                                             ========              ========

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
     Accounts payable                                                        $ 22,600              $ 18,375

     Accrued merger and other expenses                                          1,741                     -

     Accrued compensation and benefits                                          5,258                 4,916

     Other accrued liabilities                                                  2,791                 3,555

     Notes payable, current portion                                                                   2,234

     Deferred revenue                                                          11,793                11,062
                                                                             --------              --------
         Total current liabilities                                             44,183                40,142

Long-term liabilities:
     Borrowings under  line of credit                                               -                11,200

     Notes payable                                                                  -                   554

     Other long-term obligations                                                3,848                 4,176
                                                                             --------              --------
         Total long-term liabilities                                            3,848                15,930

                                       27
<PAGE>

VTEL CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data unless otherwise noted)

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)                                             -                     -

Stockholders' equity:
     Preferred stock, $.01 par value; 10,000,000
       authorized; none issued or outstanding                                       -                     -

     Common stock, $.01 par value; 40,000,000 authorized;
       23,227,000 and 24,423,000 issued at July 31, 1998
       and July 31, 1999                                                          232                   244

     Additional paid-in capital                                               256,594               260,057

     Accumulated deficit                                                     (175,455)             (191,665)

     Unearned compensation                                                        (76)                 (385)

     Stock subscriptions receivable                                                 -                  (150)

     Accumulated other comprehensive loss                                         (37)                  (82)
                                                                             --------              --------
         Total stockholders' equity                                            81,258                68,019
                                                                             --------              --------
                                                                             $129,289              $124,091
                                                                             ========              ========
</TABLE>

                                The accompanying notes are an integral part
                                of these consolidated financial statements

                                       28
<PAGE>


VTEL CORPORATION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                             FOR THE
                                                                                      YEARS ENDED JULY 31,
                                                                            1997              1998              1999
<S>                                                                       <C>             <C>                 <C>
REVENUES:
  Products                                                                $ 150,791       $ 134,775           $ 105,520
  Services and other                                                         40,232          44,909              46,082
                                                                      -----------------  ----------------  ----------------
     Total revenues                                                         191,023         179,684             151,602
                                                                      -----------------  ----------------  ----------------

COST OF SALES:
  Products                                                                   87,231          65,811              55,167
  Services and other                                                         29,090          28,916              29,197
                                                                      -----------------  ----------------  ----------------
     Total cost of sales                                                    116,321          94,727              84,364
                                                                      -----------------  ----------------  ----------------
  Gross margin                                                               74,702          84,957              67,238
                                                                      -----------------  ----------------  ----------------
OPERATING EXPENSES:
  Selling, general and administrative                                        65,399          64,802              60,855
  Research and development                                                   24,460          19,892              17,951
  Merger and other                                                           29,397          (1,536)               (235)
  Amortization of intangible assets                                             960             960               1,271
  Restructuring expense                                                           -               -               3,080
                                                                      -----------------  ----------------  ----------------
     Total operating expenses                                               120,216          84,118              82,922
                                                                      -----------------  ----------------  ----------------

  Income (loss) from operations                                             (45,514)            839             (15,684)
                                                                      -----------------  ----------------  ----------------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
  Interest income                                                             2,736           1,242                 792
  Interest expense and other                                                 (1,505)            735                (723)
                                                                      -----------------  ----------------  ----------------
                                                                              1,231           1,977                  69
                                                                      -----------------  ----------------  ----------------

Net income (loss) before provision
  for income taxes                                                          (44,283)          2,816             (15,615)

Benefit (provision) for income taxes                                             12             (37)                 50
                                                                      -----------------  ----------------  ----------------
 Net income (loss) from continuing  operations                              (44,271)          2,779             (15,565)
                                                                      -----------------  ----------------  ----------------
DISCONTINUED OPERATION:
  Net loss from discontinued operation                                       (7,783)              -                   -
                                                                      -----------------  ----------------  ----------------
Net income (loss)                                                         $ (52,054)      $   2,779           $ (15,565)
                                                                      =================  ================  ================
COMPUTATION OF NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE:

Net income (loss) from continuing operations                              $ (44,271)      $   2,779           $ (15,565)
Deemed preferred stock dividend related to
  conversion discount                                                        (2,527)              -                   -
                                                                      -----------------  ----------------  ----------------

Adjusted net income (loss) from continuing operations                       (46,798)          2,779             (15,565)

Net income (loss) from discontinued operation                                (7,783)              -                   -
                                                                      -----------------  ----------------  ----------------

Net income (loss) applicable to common stock                              $ (54,581)      $   2,779           $ (15,565)
                                                                      =================  ================  ================
Basic and diluted income (loss) per common share:
Income (loss) from continuing operations                                  $   (2.10)      $    0.12           $   (0.66)
Income (loss) from discontinued operation                                     (0.35)              -                   -
                                                                      -----------------  ----------------  ----------------
Net income (loss) per share                                               $   (2.45)      $    0.12           $   (0.66)
                                                                      =================  ================  ================

Weighted average shares outstanding:
  Basic                                                                      22,255          23,057              23,509
                                                                      =================  ================  ================
  Diluted                                                                    22,255          23,458              23,509
                                                                      =================  ================  ================
</TABLE>

                                     The accompanying notes are an integral part
                                     of these consolidated financial statements

                                       29
<PAGE>


VTEL CORPORATION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(Amounts in thousands)

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                   COMMON STOCK          ADDITIONAL                                ACCUMULATED       TOTAL
                            ---------------------------
                              NUMBER OF                    PAID-IN                                    OTHER      STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                                       ACCUMULATED                COMPREHENSIVE
                               SHARES        AMOUNT        CAPITAL       DEFICIT        OTHER      INCOME (LOSS)    EQUITY
                            ------------- ------------- -------------- ------------- ------------- ------------  --------------
<S>                             <C>         <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>
  BALANCE AT JULY 31, 1996      21,498      $    215     $  245,585    $ (123,713)   $         -    $      151     $ 122,238
    Proceeds from sale of
      stock                      1,258            13          7,703             -              -             -         7,716
    Proceeds from stock
      issued under employee
      plans                        572             1          2,503             -              -             -         2,504
    Purchase and issuance
      of treasury stock           (455)            -         (1,275)       (2,467)             -             -        (3,742)
    Unearned compensation            -             -            364             -           (364)                          -
    Amortization of
      unearned compensation          -             -              -             -            249             -           249
    Net loss                         -             -              -       (52,054)                           -
    Foreign currency
      translation adjustment         -             -              -             -              -          (146)
    Comprehensive loss                                                                                               (52,200)
                            ------------- ------------- -------------- ------------- ------------- ------------  --------------

  BALANCE AT JULY 31, 1997      22,873           229        254,880      (178,234)          (115)            5        76,765
    Proceeds from stock
      issued under employee
      plans                        344             3          1,473             -              -             -         1,476
    Common stock issued
      for acquisition               10             -            153             -              -             -           153
    Unearned compensation            -             -             88             -            (88)                          -
    Amortization of
      unearned compensation          -             -              -             -            127             -           127
    Net income                       -             -              -         2,779              -             -
    Foreign currency
      translation adjustment         -             -              -             -              -           (42)
    Comprehensive income                                                                                               2,737
                            ------------- ------------- -------------- ------------- ------------- ------------  --------------

  BALANCE AT JULY 31, 1998      23,227           232        256,594      (175,455)           (76)          (37)       81,258
    Proceeds from stock
      issued under
      employee plans                47             1            103             -              -             -           104
    Purchase of  treasury
      stock                       (526)            -         (2,265)            -              -             -        (2,265)
    Issuance of  treasury
      stock under employee
      plans                        357             -          1,438          (645)             -             -           793
    Treasury stock issued for
      acquisition                  169             -            826             -              -             -           826
    Common stock issued for
      acquisitions               1,149            11          2,596             -              -             -         2,607
    Warrants issued in legal
      settlement [Note 13]           -             -             52             -              -             -            52
    Stock subscriptions
      receivable                     -             -            150             -           (150)            -             -
    Unearned compensation            -             -            563             -           (563)            -             -
    Amortization of unearned
      compensation                   -             -              -             -            254             -           254
      Net loss                       -             -              -       (15,565)             -             -
      Foreign currency
        translation adjustment       -             -              -             -              -           (45)
    Comprehensive loss                                                                                               (15,610)

  BALANCE AT JULY 31, 1999      24,423      $    244     $  260,057    $ (191,665)   $      (535)   $      (82)    $  68,019
                            ============= ============= ============== ============= ============= ============  ==============
</TABLE>


                          The accompanying notes are an
                                  integral part
                   of these consolidated financial statements.

                                       30
<PAGE>


VTEL CORPORATION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(Amounts in thousands)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                             FOR THE YEARS ENDED JULY 31,
                                                                          1997          1998           1999
<S>                                                                 <C>            <C>            <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
    Net income (loss)                                               $  (52,054)    $   2,779      $  (15,565)
    Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss)
    to net cash provided by (used in) operations:
       Depreciation and amortization                                    12,667         8,870          11,797
       Provision for doubtful accounts and returns                       4,145          (119)            436
       Amortization of unearned compensation                               249           127             254
       Gain on sale of fixed assets                                          -             -            (132)
       Foreign currency translation gain (loss)                             (3)          112              88
       Decrease in accounts receivable                                     106         3,299           2,206
       (Increase) decrease in inventories                                7,064        10,758          (1,294)
       (Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and other
           current assets                                                 (492)          358             220
       Increase (decrease) in accounts payable                           5,005        (3,099)         (5,539)
       Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses                           6,535        (5,505)         (2,967)
       (Decrease) in research and development advance                       (5)            -               -
       Increase (decrease) in deferred revenues                          2,195         2,172            (178)
       Decrease in accrued expenses, discontinued operation               (657)            -               -
          Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities      -------------  -------------  --------------
                                                                       (15,245)       19,752         (10,674)

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
    Purchases of short-term investments                               (391,628)     (247,223)       (150,828)
    Sales and maturities of short-term investments                     419,636       253,038         161,004
    Purchases of property and equipment                                (18,781)      (15,835)         (8,778)
    Sales of property and equipment                                     11,208           260           1,441
    Cash paid for acquired assets (Note 3)                                   -             -            (231)
    Issuance of notes receivable                                             -             -            (750)
    (Increase) decrease in capitalized software                          3,561          (984)         (6,367)
    (Increase) decrease in other assets                                   (745)          104             (67)
          Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities      -------------  -------------  --------------
                                                                        23,251       (10,640)         (4,576)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
    Net proceeds from issuance of stock                                  8,044         1,476             104
    Purchase of treasury stock                                          (3,742)            -          (2,265)
    Proceeds from the sale of treasury stock                             1,275             -             793
    Borrowings under line of credit agreements                               -             -          11,200
    Payments on notes payable                                                -             -          (1,835)
    Repayment of short-term debt                                       (10,656)            -               -
           Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     -------------  -------------  --------------
                                                                        (5,079)        1,476           7,997

Effect of translation exchange rates on cash                              (143)         (154)           (133)
                                                                   -------------  -------------  ---------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and equivalents                          2,784        10,434          (7,386)

Cash and equivalents at beginning of period                              1,973         4,757          15,191
                                                                   -------------  -------------  ---------------
Cash and equivalents at end of period                               $    4,757     $  15,191      $    7,805
                                                                   =============  =============  ===============
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

Interest paid                                                       $    1,582     $       -      $      775
Non-cash transactions
Stock issued for acquired assets (Note 3)                                    -           153           3,433
Notes payable issued for acquired asset                                      -           837           4,373
Issuance of stock warrants and note in legal settlement (Note 13)            -             -             302
Issuance of restricted stock to employees (Note 10)                          -             -             563
Stock issued in lieu of repayment of research and development
     advance                                                               901             -               -


</TABLE>

                   The accompanying notes are an integral part
                   of these consolidated financial statements

                                       31
<PAGE>

VTEL CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data unless otherwise noted)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1.       THE COMPANY

         VTEL  Corporation  ("VTEL"  or the  "Company")  designs,  manufactures,
markets,  services and  supports  integrated,  multi-media visual  communication
systems which operate over private and switched digital communication  networks.
VTEL distributes its systems to a domestic and international marketplace through
a reseller network and directly to end-user customers.

         On  May  23,  1997,   shareholders  of  VTEL  and   Compression   Labs,
Incorporated, a Delaware corporation ("CLI"), approved the merger (the "Merger")
of VTEL-Sub,  Inc., a Delaware corporation and direct wholly-owned subsidiary of
VTEL  ("Merger  Sub"),  with and into CLI,  pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of
Merger and Reorganization (the "Merger  Agreement"),  with CLI becoming a direct
wholly-owned subsidiary of VTEL.

         The  acquisition  was  accounted  for as a  pooling  of  interests  and
accordingly,  the consolidated  financial  statements have been restated for the
period ended July 31, 1997 to include the accounts of CLI. Revenues,  net income
(loss)  from  continuing  operations  and  net  income  (loss)  of the  separate
companies for the 1997 period were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                   VTEL            CLI              TOTAL
                                                                -----------    -------------     -------------
<S>                                                                 <C>              <C>                <C>
         YEAR ENDED JULY 31, 1997 *
            Revenues                                                $124,438         $ 66,585           $191,023
            Net loss from continuing operations **                       556          (44,827)           (44,271)
            Net loss                                                    (508)         (51,546)           (52,054)
<FN>
         *      Information for CLI is through the date of the Merger, May 23, 1997.
         **    Includes loss of $29,397 related to the merger.
</FN>
</TABLE>

         In connection  with the Merger,  the Company  recorded merger and other
expenses of $29,397 during the year ended July 31, 1997 as follows:

         TRANSACTION EXPENSES:
            Investment banking fees                $    2,391
            Legal and accounting fees                   1,600
            Other                                       1,663
                                                   ----------
                                                        5,654
                                                   ----------

         RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER:
           Asset impairments                           12,469
           Reserve for contingent liabilities           5,271
           Severance and termination benefits           3,457
           Other                                        2,546
                                                   ----------
                                                       23,743
                                                   ----------
             Total                                 $   29,397
                                                   ==========

         In connection with the Merger in 1997, the Company made the decision to
discontinue  the CLI  product-line  and made the  transition to a single product
platform, VTEL's Enterprise Series Architecture (ESA) platform. The Company also
made the decision to reduce duplicate operating  functions,  which resulted in a
reduction in the workforce of CLI. These activities resulted in the obsolescence
of all of the remaining CLI inventory  related to the discontinued  products and
the  impairment  of excess and  unproductive  assets  resulting  from the merger
transition  plan. Asset impairment was determined by estimating the lower of the
asset's carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell.

                                       32
<PAGE>

VTEL CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data unless otherwise noted)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


         The  restructuring  activities  related  to  the  Merger  involved  the
involuntary  termination of approximately 150 employees over the period from May
23, 1997 (the date of the Merger) to November 30, 1997.

         The major components of the asset impairment  recorded at July 31, 1997
are as follows:

         Write-down of recorded value of discontinued  CLI inventory
         due to discontinuance of the CLI product line                $   3,500

         Write-off of capitalized  software development costs due to      3,200
         discontinuance of the CLI product line

         Write-off  of  purchased  software  deemed  redundant  as a      1,300
         result of the Merger

         Write-off of unproductive CLI assets (primarily  furniture,      2,800
         fixtures,  equipment and leasehold  improvements) due to
         workforce reduction subsequent to the Merger

         Reserve for uncollectible receivables related to sales of        1,669
         products which were subsequently discontinued and no
         longer supported
                                                                      ----------
              Total                                                   $  12,469
                                                                      ==========

         Contingent liabilities of $5.2 million accrued at July 31, 1997 reflect
amounts accrued for the discharge of pending and threatened  litigation  against
the Company's  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  CLI, and amounts  accrued to discharge
known and  probable  vendor  disputes  related  to CLI.  These  amounts  include
management's  estimate of the probably  costs expected to be incurred to settle,
discharge or litigate the matters.

         Other  restructuring  charges  of $2.5  million  include  $1.6  million
related to the cancellation of purchase  commitments that had no future economic
benefit to the  discontinued  CLI  product-line  and costs  associated  with the
closure of redundant facilities.

         Changes  to  accrued  merger  and  other  and  the  reserve  for  asset
impairments during the year ended July 31, 1999 were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                             BALANCE AT       PAID IN         DISPOSALS       REVERSED        BALANCE AT
                              JULY 31,         FISCAL         IN FISCAL       IN FISCAL        JULY 31,
                               1998             1999            1999            1999             1999
<S>                          <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>              <C>
ASSET IMPAIRMENTS            $      382      $      -        $     382       $      -         $       -
                             ============    ===========     ============    ============     ============

ACCRUED MERGER AND
  OTHER EXPENSES:
Reserve for
  contingent liabilities     $    1,484      $ 1,249         $       -       $    235*        $       -

Severance and
   termination benefits             257          257                 -              -                 -
                             ------------    -----------     ------------    ------------     ------------
                             $    1,741      $ 1,506         $       -       $    235         $       -
                             ============    ===========     ============    ============     ============
<FN>
                                    *   During the fiscal year ended July 31, 1999, the remaining litigation claims
                           involving CLI were either dismissed in court or settled with the plaintiff.  The remaining
                           reserves for contingent liabilities were credited to income.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                       33
<PAGE>

VTEL CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data unless otherwise noted)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2.       SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

         Basis of Presentation

         The consolidated  financial statements have been prepared in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles and include the accounts of VTEL's
wholly  owned  subsidiaries.   All  significant  intercompany  transactions  and
balances have been eliminated in consolidation.  Preparation of the consolidated
financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles
requires  management to make estimates and assumptions  that affect the reported
amounts  of assets and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent  assets and
liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and the reported amounts of
revenues  and  expenses  during  the  reporting  period.  The  more  significant
estimates  made by  management  include  the  provision  for  doubtful  accounts
receivable,  inventory write-downs for potentially excess or obsolete inventory,
warranty  reserves,  the valuation  allowance for the gross  deferred tax asset,
contingency  reserves,  lives of fixed  assets and the  amortization  period for
intangible  assets.  Actual  amounts  could  differ  from  the  estimates  made.
Management  periodically  evaluates  estimates  used in the  preparation  of the
financial statements for continued reasonableness.  Appropriate adjustments,  if
any,  to the  estimates  used are made  prospectively  based upon such  periodic
evaluation.

         Revenue Recognition

         Product revenues, recorded net of discounts, are recognized at the time
a  product  is  shipped  or  services  are  performed  and  the  Company  has no
significant  further  obligations  to the  customer.  Customer  prepayments  are
deferred until product  shipment has occurred or services have been rendered and
there are no significant further  obligations to the customer.  Service revenues
are  recognized  at the time the  services  are  rendered and the Company has no
significant further obligations to the customer.  Revenues for extended warranty
contracts  are  recorded  over the  contract  period.  The  Company  records  an
allowance  to reduce  sales  revenue by an amount  which  reflects  management's
estimate of potential future sales returns, exchanges,  customer stock rotations
or price protection discounts.

         Warranty Costs

         The Company  generally  warrants its products  against hardware defects
for one year from the date of installation but not to exceed fifteen months from
date of shipment.  A warranty is provided  for software  defects for ninety days
from the date of installation.  The Company provides currently for the estimated
costs which may be incurred in the future under the warranty program.

         Software Development Costs

         Costs incurred in connection with the development of software  products
are accounted for in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
("SFAS")  No. 86,  "Accounting  for the Costs of  Computer  Software to Be Sold,
Leased or Otherwise  Marketed."  Costs  incurred prior to the  establishment  of
technological  feasibility  are charged to  research  and  development  expense.
Amortization  of  capitalized  software  begins upon initial  product  shipment.

                                       34

<PAGE>

VTEL CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data unless otherwise noted)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Software  development  costs are amortized  (a) over the  estimated  life of the
related product (generally thirty months), using the straight-line method or (b)
based on the  ratio of  current  revenues  from the  related  products  to total
estimated revenues for such products, whichever is greater.

         The Company capitalized  internal software development costs of $1,622,
$984 and $6,367 for the years ended July 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999,  respectively.
Amortization of such costs was $1,827, $50 and zero for the years ended July 31,
1997, 1998 and 1999,  respectively.  In connection with the Merger,  the Company
recorded  an  impairment  charge  of  $3,218  related  to  capitalized  software
development  costs during the year ended July 31, 1997 due to the elimination of
the product line to which the capitalized software development costs related.

         Cash and Equivalents

         Cash and  equivalents  include  cash and  investments  in liquid  money
market accounts.

         Short-term Investments

         Short-term  investments are carried at market value, which approximates
cost,  at the  balance  sheet  date.  Short-term  investments  consist  of funds
primarily  invested  in  mortgage-backed   securities  guaranteed  by  the  U.S.
government,  government  securities and commercial paper.  Investment securities
generally have maturities of less than one year.

         The Company  accounts  for  investment  securities  under SFAS No. 115,
"Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities." SFAS No. 115
requires investment securities to be classified as held-to-maturity,  trading or
available-for-sale  based  on the  characteristics  of the  securities  and  the
activity in the investment portfolio.  At July 31, 1998 and 1999, all investment
securities are classified as  available-for-sale.  No unrealized gains or losses
have been recorded as a separate  component of equity for the current  period or
prior year as market values approximate cost due to the short-term nature of the
investments.

         Inventories

         Inventories are stated  at the lower  of  cost (weighted  average  cost
which approximates the first-in,  first-out method) or market. Cost includes the
acquisition  of  purchased  components,  parts  and  sub-assemblies,  labor  and
overhead.

         Property and Equipment

         Property and equipment is recorded at cost.  Internal support equipment
is video  teleconferencing  equipment used internally for purposes such as sales
and  marketing  demonstrations,   Company  meetings,  testing,   troubleshooting
customer  problems,  and  engineering,  and is  recorded at  manufactured  cost.
Depreciation and amortization are provided using the  straight-line  method over
the estimated  economic lives of the assets,  ranging from two to ten years,  or
over the lease term or life of the  improvement  of the  respective  assets,  as
applicable.  Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.  The Company
periodically  reviews the estimated economic lives of property and equipment and
will make adjustments according to the latest information available.

         In accordance with Statement of Position ("SoP") 98-1, "Accounting  for
the Costs of Computer  Software  Developed or Obtained  for  internal  Use," the
Company   capitalized  $0.8  million  of  internal  costs  associated  with  the
implementation of the Oracle Enterprise  Resource Planning Software System,  the
Company's  management  resource planning,  transaction  processing and financial
accounting system, during the year ended July 31, 1998.


                                       35
<PAGE>

VTEL CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data unless otherwise noted)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         Intangible Assets

         Intangible  assets  include the  goodwill  that  results  from  various
acquisitions of the Company (see Note 3) as well as other intangibles, including
acquired  technology.  Goodwill  is  associated  with  the  acquisition  of  the
Company's  Global  Services  unit,  Vosaic  and its  subsidiaries  in France and
Germany.   Amortization  periods  for  the  intangibles  associated  with  these
acquisitions range from 3 to 15 years. In accordance with Accounting  Principles
Board  Opinion  ("APB") No. 17,  "Intangible  Assets," the Company  periodically
evaluates the amortization period associated with the acquired intangible assets
based upon anticipated periods of future benefit.  The Company evaluates factors
such as loss of employees  with key or unique skills,  the Company's  ability to
continue to successfully  utilize the specialized  knowledge  acquired and other
relevant   factors  which  could  require   revision  of  the  estimate  of  the
amortization period. Appropriate adjustments, if any, to the amortization period
will be made  prospectively  based upon such  periodic  evaluation.  Accumulated
amortization of intangibles was $2,554 and $3,817 at July 31, 1998 and 1999.

         Foreign Currency Translation

         The  financial  statements of the Company's  foreign  subsidiaries  are
measured  using the local  currency  as the  functional  currency.  Accordingly,
assets and  liabilities of the  subsidiaries  are translated at current rates of
exchange  at the  balance  sheet  date.  The  resultant  gains  or  losses  from
translation are included in a separate component of stockholders' equity. Income
and expense from the  subsidiaries are translated using monthly average exchange
rates.

         Income Taxes

         The Company  accounts for income taxes under SFAS No. 109,  "Accounting
for Income Taxes," which requires the liability  method of accounting for income
taxes.  Under the liability  method,  deferred taxes are determined based on the
difference  between  the  financial  statement  and  tax  bases  of  assets  and
liabilities  using  enacted  tax  rates in  effect  in the  years  in which  the
differences are expected to reverse.

         Net Income (Loss) Per Share

          The Company reports  earnings per share under SFAS No. 128,  "Earnings
Per  Share."  Under  SFAS No.  128,  basic  earnings  per  share is based on the
weighted effect of all common shares issued and  outstanding,  and is calculated
by dividing net income available to common  stockholders by the weighted average
shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share
is calculated  by dividing net income  available to common  stockholders  by the
weighted  average  number of common shares used in the basic  earnings per share
calculation  plus the  number of common  shares  that  would be issued  assuming
conversion  of all  potentially  dilutive  shares  outstanding.  All  historical
earnings  per share  data have been  restated  to conform  to the  current  year
presentation.

         The  calculation of the number of weighted  average shares  outstanding
for basic  and  dilutive  earnings  (loss)  per  share  for each of the  periods
presented is as follows:

                                                        FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                                             JULY 31,
                                                    1997      1998      1999

Weighted average shares
   Outstanding - basic                             22,255    23,057    23,509
                                                  -------   -------   -------
Effect of Dilutive Securities:
  Stock options                                         -       400         -
  Warrants to purchase common stock                     -         1         -
                                                  -------   -------   -------
      Dilutive potential common shares                  -       401         -
                                                  -------   -------   -------
Weighted average shares
    outstanding - diluted                          22,255    23,458    23,509
                                                  =======   =======   =======
  Antidilutive securities                           3,648     1,764     4,457
                                                  =======   =======   =======

                                       36
<PAGE>

         Net loss applicable to common stock for the year ended July 31, 1997 is
computed by increasing the net loss from  continuing  operations by $2,527 which
represents a deemed dividend related to the 20% conversion  discount on Series C
Preferred Stock measured at the date of original issuance.

         Concentration of Credit Risk

         The Company  sells its  products to various  companies  across  several
industries, including third-party resellers. The Company performs ongoing credit
evaluations of its customers and maintains reserves for potential credit losses.
The  Company  requires  advanced  payments or secured  transactions  when deemed
necessary.

         Fair Value of Financial Instruments

         The carrying amount of the Company's financial  instruments,  including
cash and equivalents,  short-term investments and short-term trade  receivables,
payables,  and debt,  approximates  fair value.  The fair value of the Company's
foreign currency forward contracts is determined at July 31, 1998 and 1999 based
on  quoted  market  rates.   The  carrying  amount  of  short-term   investments
approximates  fair  value  because  of the short  maturity  and  nature of these
instruments.  The  Company  places  its  cash in  investment  quality  financial
instruments and limits the amount invested in any one institution or in any type
of instrument.  The Company has not experienced  any  significant  losses on its
investments.

         Long-lived Assets

         The Company  evaluates its long-lived  assets and intangibles  based on
guidance provided by SFAS No. 121,  "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived
Assets and for  Long-Lived  Assets to be Disposed Of." SFAS No. 121  established
accounting   standards  for  the  impairment  of  long-lived   assets,   certain
identifiable  intangibles,  and goodwill  related to those assets to be held and
used for long-lived assets and certain  identifiable  intangibles to be disposed
of. The Company believes no impairment exists at July 31, 1999.

         Employee Stock Plans

         The Company determines the fair value of grants of stock, stock options
and other equity  instruments  issued to employees in  accordance  with SFAS No.
123,  "Accounting  and  Disclosure of  Stock-Based  Compensation."  SFAS No. 123
encourages,  but does not require,  companies to recognize  compensation expense
for grants of stock,  stock options,  and other equity  instruments to employees
based on their estimated fair market value on the date of grant. The Company has
opted to continue to apply the existing  accounting  rules  contained in APB No.
25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees." As such, SFAS No. 123 has had no
effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

         The Company records unearned compensation related to stock options that
are  issued at  exercise  prices  which are below the fair  market  value of the
underlying  stock  on  the  measurement  date.  Such  unearned  compensation  is
amortized ratably over the vesting period of the related stock options.

         Treasury Stock

         The Company accounts  for its  treasury  stock  purchases and issuances
using the cost method.


                                       37
<PAGE>

VTEL CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data unless otherwise noted)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         Comprehensive Income

         During  fiscal  1999, the  Company  adopted  SFAS  No. 130,  "Reporting
Comprehensive   Income."  SFAS  No.130   establishes   standards  for  reporting
comprehensive  income and its  components.  The Company's  comprehensive  income
(loss) is shown on the Company's  Statement of Changes in  Stockholders'  Equity
and  is  comprised  of  net  income  (loss)  and  foreign  currency  translation
adjustments.

         Segment Information

          The Company  adopted SFAS No. 131,  "Disclosures  about Segments of an
Enterprise  and Related  Information,"  in the fiscal year ended July 31,  1999.
SFAS No. 131  supersedes  SFAS No. 14,  "Financial  Reporting  for Segments of a
Business  Enterprise,"  replacing  the  "industry  segment"  approach  with  the
"management"   approach.   The  management   approach  designates  the  internal
organization  that is used by  management  for making  operating  decisions  and
assessing  performance as the source of the Company's reportable segments.  SFAS
No. 131 also requires disclosures about products and services,  geographic areas
and major  customers.  The adoption of SFAS No. 131 did not affect the Company's
results of operations or financial  position,  but did affect the  disclosure of
segment  information  as and has been  used  for all  years  presented  in these
financial statements (Note 14).

         Recent Accounting Pronouncements

         In June 1998,  Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB)  issued SFAS
No. 133,  "Accounting for Derivative  Instruments and Hedging  Activities." SFAS
No.  133   establishes   accounting  and  reporting   standards  for  derivative
instruments,   including  certain  derivative   instruments  embedded  in  other
contracts  (collectively referred to as derivatives) and for hedging activities.
SFAS No. 133 requires the  recognition  of all  derivatives  as either assets or
liabilities in the statement of financial  position and the measurement of those
instruments at fair value. The Company is required to adopt this standard in the
first quarter of fiscal 2001. The Company  expects that the adoption of SFAS No.
133 will not have a material  impact on it financial  position or its results of
operations.

        In April 1998, American Institute of Certified Public Accountants issued
SoP No. 98-5,  "Reporting on the Costs of Start-up  Activities",  which provides
guidance on the financial reporting of start-up costs and organization costs. It
requires costs of start-up  activities and organization  costs to be expensed as
incurred.  The SoP is effective  for the Company on August 1, 1999.  The Company
estimates  that the effect of adopting  the SoP to be  approximately  $100 which
will be recorded as a cumulative  change in accounting  principle in the results
of operations during the first quarter of fiscal 2000.

3.       ACQUISITIONS

         The Company consummated the acquisition of certain of the assets of the
videoconferencing  division  of one of its German  resellers  effective  July 1,
1998.  The  consideration  paid by the Company  consisted of  restricted  stock,
warrants,  a note  payable,  and the  assumption  of certain  payables and other
liabilities  totaling  approximately  $1,871.  During  fiscal 1999,  the Company
completed the acquisition of one of its French resellers  primarily  through the
issuance of restricted stock for approximately $826.

         On  March  9,  1999,   the  Company   completed  the   acquisition   of
substantially  all of the assets of Vosaic LLP, an Internet  video  software and
technology company for $3.2 million in cash, stock and warrants. The transaction
has been  accounted for as a purchase of assets.  The  acquisition  involved the
issuance of 1,149,000 shares  (equivalent to approximately 5% of the outstanding


                                       38
<PAGE>


VTEL CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data unless otherwise noted)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

shares of the Company's stock as of March 9, 1999).  The common shares have been
registered with the Securities  Exchange Commission as of May 14, 1999. Of these
shares,  200,000 are to be held in escrow and an  additional,  350,000  warrants
remain unearned pending the completion of certain obligations by Vosaic LLP.

4.       INVENTORIES

         Inventories consist of the following:

                                                             JULY 31,
                                                        1998            1999

         Raw materials                                $ 5,938         $ 8,595
         Work-in-process                                  517           1,504
         Finished goods                                 5,833           4,637
         Finished goods held for
           evaluation and rental agreements               663             817
                                                      -------         -------
                                                      $12,951         $15,553
                                                      =======         =======

         Finished goods held for evaluation and under rental agreements consists
of completed visual communication  systems used for demonstration and evaluation
purposes, which are generally sold during the next year.

5.       PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

         Property and equipment and related  depreciable life is composed of the
following:


                                                                 JULY 31,
                                                            1998         1999

     Furniture, machinery and equipment, 2-10 years      $  30,045    $  24,241
     Internal support equipment, 2-4 years                  12,513        9,043
     Customer service assets, 4-8 years                     15,263       15,520
     Leasehold improvements, lease term or
       life of the improvement                               6,686        8,893
                                                         ---------    ---------
                                                            64,507       57,697
     Less accumulated depreciation                         (36,401)     (27,993)
                                                         ---------    ---------
                                                         $  28,106    $  29,704
                                                         =========    =========

         Depreciation  and   amortization   expense  relating  to  property  and
equipment was approximately $12,991,  $7,910 and $9,964 for the years ended July
31,  1997,  1998  and  1999,  respectively.

                                       39
<PAGE>

VTEL CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data unless otherwise noted)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6.       RESTRUCTURING ACTIVITIES

         In November  1998,  management  adopted a  restructuring  plan that was
intended to match the size and complexity of the  organization  with the planned
path  of the  Company.  The  plan  included  the  involuntary  reduction  of 138
employees in fiscal 1999.  Terminations  were generally made in all departments,
including  manufacturing,  sales, management and accounting,  and were effective
immediately  for most  employees  upon  announcement.  The Company also made the
decision to reduce  operating  costs by exiting  other  activities  and reducing
related overhead costs.  These activities  included the closure of certain field
sales offices and its Sunnyvale, California spare parts depot.

         As a result of the restructuring, the Company recorded a charge of $3.1
million during the year ended July 31, 1999. As of July 31, 1999,  substantially
all of the termination and severance  benefits had been paid. The transition  of
the spare parts depot in Sunnyvale was completed during 1999.

         The following schedule  summarizes the components and activities of the
restructuring plan:

                                                                       BALANCE
                                 RESTRUCTURING   EXPENDITURES        ACCRUED AT
                                   EXPENSE          INCURRED       JULY 31, 1999

Termination and severance
 benefits                          $  2,311       $  2,293            $   18
Facility closure and other
 (primarily non-cancelable lease
 obligations)                           769            769                 -
                                   --------       --------            ------
                                   $  3,080       $  3,062            $   18
                                   ========       ========            ======

7.       DISCONTINUED OPERATION

         On June 27,  1996,  CLI  completed  the sale of  certain  assets of its
broadcast  products  division to another company in exchange for $12,500 in cash
and the assumption of $2,000 in liabilities. The purchaser assumed past warranty
obligations  associated  with the product family  covered by the sale.  With the
exception of the accounts  receivable,  CLI disposed of the remaining  assets of
the  division  to a separate  buyer.  During the year ended July 31,  1997,  the
Company  recorded a provision for probable losses to fully reserve the remaining
accounts  receivable of the  discontinued  operation that  were considered to be
uncollectible.  Such  provision is reflected  in the  accompanying  consolidated
statement  of  operations  in the net  loss  from  discontinued  operations.  No
revenues from  discontinued  operation were recorded during the years ended July
31, 1997, 1998 or 1999.

                                       40
<PAGE>

VTEL CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data unless otherwise noted)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8.       NOTES PAYABLE

         Notes payable at July 31, 1999 consist of the following:


Notes payable to the vendor of the Company's
 Enterprise Resource Planning System
 in quarterly and annual installments
 through May 2001, bearing interest at rates
 ranging from 7.22% to 8.50%                                         $ 2,538

Other                                                                    250
                                                                     -----------
                                                                       2,788
Less:
      Current maturities                                              (2,234)
                                                                     -----------
      Long-term notes payable                                        $   554
                                                                     ===========


The  aggregate  annual  maturities  of notes  payable  at July  31,  1999 are as
follows:

                  FISCAL YEAR ENDING:
                     2000                      $ 2,234
                     2001                          554
                                               -----------
                                               $ 2,788
                                               ===========

9.       LINE OF CREDIT

         On May 5, 1999, the Company  executed a credit agreement with a banking
syndicate which established a $20,000  revolving line of credit.  Under the line
of credit, the Company may borrow up to 80% of eligible accounts receivable. The
credit  agreement  also  provides  that the Company may request the  issuance of
letters of credit up to a maximum of $10,000 and foreign  exchange  contracts up
to a maximum of $10,000.  Each of the  aforementioned  provisions are subject to
certain limitations.

         Any amounts  outstanding  under the credit agreement will bear interest
at the prime  rate plus 0.5% (8.5 % at July 31,  1999) or, at the  option of the
Company,  LIBOR  plus  3.25%  (9.05% at July 31,  1999) The  interest  rates may
decline  if the  Company  achieves  consecutive  profitable  quarters.  All such
advances and accrued  interest under the credit agreement will be payable on the
maturity  date of May 4, 2001.  The  Company  pays an annual  commitment  fee of
0.375% on its unused line of credit.


                                       41
<PAGE>

VTEL CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data unless otherwise noted)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         Any amounts  outstanding  under the credit agreement will be secured by
substantially  all of the Company's assets.  The credit agreement  requires that
the Company maintain certain  financial ratios and other covenants.  The Company
has  issued a letter of  credit  totaling  $1,200  under the line of credit as a
lease deposit on one of its facilities.  At July 31, 1999, the Company had drawn
$11,200 under the credit line.

10.      STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

         General

         In May 1997,  VTEL issued 155,040  shares of Common Stock,  at the fair
market value,  to Intel in lieu of repayment of the remaining $901 advance under
the Development Agreement (see Note 11) that was unused at that time.

         On  March  9,  1999,   the  Company   completed  the   acquisition   of
substantially  all of the assets of Vosaic LLP, an Internet  video  software and
technology  company which  involved the issuance of 1,149,000.  Of these shares,
200,000  are to be held in escrow  and an  additional  350,000  warrants  remain
unearned pending the completion of certain obligations by Vosaic (see Note 3).

         Share Repurchase Program

         During fiscal 1997, the Company  purchased 455,200 shares of its Common
Stock  for  approximately  $3.7  million.  All of the  repurchased  shares  were
reissued  during fiscal 1997 to fulfill  requirements  for the Company's  Common
Stock. In February 1997, the Company terminated the stock repurchase program.

         During  fiscal  1999,  the  Company  initiated  a new stock  repurchase
program and repurchased 526,000 shares of its Common Stock for $2.3 million. The
repurchased  shares have been be used to fulfill  requirements for the Company's
stock  including  stock  option  exercises  or stock  issuances  under  business
combination transactions. No additional share repurchases are currently planned,
although the Company is  authorized  to  repurchase  up to 1,474,000  additional
shares.

         Stock Subscriptions Receivable

         During fiscal 1999, the Company loaned certain employees of the Company
amounts to either  purchase  shares of the  Company's  stock on the open market,
exercise  options  or  participate  in  the  employee  stock  purchase  program.
Receivables  with  recourse  totaling  $150 that are related to the  exercise of
options and the  participation  of the employee stock purchase program have been
classified  as a reduction  of  additional  paid-in  capital.  Receivables  with
recourse totaling $750 related to the purchase of shares on the open market have
been classified as other long-term assets.

         CLI Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

         On October  25,  1996,  CLI  completed a private  placement  of 350,000
shares of Class C Preferred Stock and stock warrants for the purchase of 375,000
shares of CLI Common Stock for  approximately  $7,000,  before certain  issuance
costs,  pursuant to a purchase  agreement with an  institutional  investor.  The
preferred stock was exchanged for 1,102,500 shares of VTEL Common Stock and both
the number and exercise  price of the warrants were  converted into warrants for
the  purchase  of VTEL  Common  Stock  based  on the  exchange  ratio of 0.46 in
connection  with the Merger.  The  converted  warrants,  totaling  172,500  VTEL
shares, have an exercise price of $12.39 and expire in October 2001.

         Stock and Stock Option Plans

         VTEL has three  stock  option  plans,  the 1989 Stock  Option Plan (the
"1989 Plan"), the 1996 Stock Option Plan (the "1996 Plan") and the 1992 Director
Stock  Option  Plan  (the  "1992  Plan").  The 1989  Plan and the 1996 Plan both
provide  for the  issuance  of  non-qualified  and  incentive  stock  options to
employees and consultants of the Company. Stock options are generally granted at

                                       42
<PAGE>

VTEL CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data unless otherwise noted)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

the fair  market  value at the time of grant,  and the  options  generally  vest
ratably over 48 months and are generally  exercisable  for a period of ten years
beginning  with date of grant.  The 1992 Plan provides for the issuance of stock
options to nonemployee  directors at the fair market value at the time of grant.
Effective  June 1999,  the 1989 Plan  expired  whereby the company can no longer
grant  options  under the  Plan,  however,  options  previously  granted  remain
outstanding.  Such options vest ratably over 36 months and are exercisable for a
period of ten years beginning with the date of the grant.

         CLI had employee  and  director  stock option plans prior to the merger
with VTEL.  On May 23,  1997,  all  options  outstanding  under these plans were
converted  into  options  for  Common  Stock of VTEL.  Both the number of shares
subject to option  and the per share  exercise  price  under  each  option  were
adjusted by the exchange ratio of 0.46.

         The  Company  applies  APB  No.  25  and  related   interpretations  in
accounting  for its stock option plans.  Accordingly,  no  compensation  cost is
recognized  for its stock  option  plans  unless  options are issued at exercise
prices  which  are  below  the  market  price  on  the  measurement   date.  Had
compensation  cost for the Company's stock option plans been determined based on
the fair market value at the grant dates for awards under those plans consistent
with the method  provided by SFAS No. 123, the  Company's  net loss and net loss
per share would have been  reflected by the  following pro forma amounts for the
years ended July 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                   FOR THE YEARS ENDED JULY 31,
                                                                  1997        1998          1999
<S>                                          <C>               <C>           <C>         <C>
Net income (loss)                            As reported       $ (52,054)    $ 2,779     $ (15,565)
                                             Pro forma         $ (55,276)    $(1,589)    $ (20,023)

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per
common share                                 As reported       $   (2.45)    $  0.12     $   (0.66)
                                             Pro forma         $   (2.60)    $ (0.07)    $   (0.85)

</TABLE>

         The fair value of each option  grant is  estimated on the date of grant
using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average
assumptions used for grants the years ended July 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999:

                                                FOR THE YEARS ENDED JULY 31,
                                          1997          1998           1999
      Dividend yield                         -              -            -
      Expected volatility                92.31%         63.12%       67.67%
      Risk-free rate of return            5.90%          5.52%        6.14%
      Expected life                    5.12 years     5.65 years   6.26 years







                                       43
<PAGE>


VTEL CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data unless otherwise noted)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



         The following table  summarizes  activity under all Plans for the years
ended July 31, 1997,  1998 and 1999.  This  information  includes  stock options
relating  to CLI's  stock  option  plans.  Both the number of shares and the per
share exercise price have been adjusted by the exchange ratio of 0.46.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                          1997                    1998                  1999
                                              WEIGHTED                 WEIGHTED              WEIGHTED
                                              AVERAGE                  AVERAGE               AVERAGE
                                    SHARES    EXERCISE      SHARES     EXERCISE    SHARES    EXERCISE
                                   (000'S)     PRICE       (000'S)      PRICE     (000'S)     PRICE
<S>                               <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>       <C>          <C>
      Outstanding at the
        Beginning of the year      2,187      $ 9.40        3,648       $9.42      3,938       $8.65
          Converted from CLI       1,798       17.43            -           -          -           -
          Granted                  2,098        6.44          896        6.43      1,818        3.40
          Exercised                 (324)       3.14         (186)       4.00       (134)       2.34
          Canceled                (2,111)      14.58         (420)       7.55     (1,074)       7.05
                                  ------                    -----                 ------
      Outstanding at the
         end of the year           3,648      $ 9.42        3,938       $8.65      4,548       $7.11
                                  ======                    =====                 ======
      Options exercisable at
        Year end                   3,402      $ 9.20        3,710       $8.42      4,457       $7.04
                                  ======                    =====                 ======
      Weighted average
      fair value of
      options granted
         During the year                      $ 3.42                    $4.12                  $2.48

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            OPTIONS OUTSTANDING                           OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
                                NUMBER       WEIGHTED-AVERAGE                         NUMBER
       RANGE OF EXERCISE    OUTSTANDING AT      REMAINING      WEIGHTED-AVERAGE   EXERCISABLE AT    WEIGHTED-AVERAGE
            PRICES          JULY 31, 1999    CONTRACTUAL LIFE   EXERCISE PRICE     JULY 31, 1999     EXERCISE PRICE
<S>   <C>                     <C>               <C>                 <C>             <C>                  <C>
      $ 0.30  -  $  2.94        860,353         8.47  years         $ 2.43            860,353            $ 2.43
        3.00  -     4.88        787,302         8.51                  3.93            787,302              3.93
        4.91  -     6.11        474,561         8.80                  5.56            471,227              5.56
        6.13  -     6.13      1,122,153         7.88                  6.13          1,115,485              6.13
        6.19  -    42.66      1,303,665         5.97                 13.53          1,222,399             13.70
      --------------------  -----------                                            ----------
      $ 0.30  -  $ 42.66      4,548,034         7.65  years         $ 7.11          4,456,766            $ 7.04
      ====================  ===========                                            ==========

</TABLE>

         Generally,  options are exercisable  immediately  upon grant.  However,
stock  issued upon  exercise of a stock option is subject to  repurchase  by the
Company at the exercise price until the option  vesting  period has elapsed.  At
July 31, 1999,  options to purchase  2,140,615  shares were vested.  At July 31,
1999, 30,540 unvested options had been exercised.

          Employee Stock Purchase Plan

         On April 29,  1993,  VTEL  adopted  an  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan
("Employee  Plan") which  enables all  employees to acquire VTEL stock under the
plan.  The Employee  Plan  authorizes  the  issuance of up to 950,000  shares of
VTEL's Common Stock. The Employee Plan allows participants to purchase shares of
the Company's Common Stock at a price equal to the lesser of (a) 85% of the fair
market  value of the Common  Stock on the date of the grant of the option or (b)
85% of the fair market value of the Common Stock at the time of exercise. Common
Stock issued under the Employee Plan totaled 105,549 shares,  158,073 shares and
203,118 shares respectively, for the years ended July 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999.


                                       44
<PAGE>


VTEL CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data unless otherwise noted)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         The fair value of the employees'  purchase  rights was estimated  using
the Black-Scholes model with the following  assumptions for the years ended July
31, 1997, 1998 and 1999:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                FOR THE                FOR THE                FOR THE
                                              YEAR ENDED             YEAR ENDED              YEAR ENDED
                                             JULY 31, 1997          JULY 31, 1998          JULY 31, 1999
                                         SECTION 16             SECTION 16             SECTION 16
                                          OFFICERS     OTHERS    OFFICERS     OTHERS    OFFICERS     OTHERS
<S>      <C>                              <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>
         Dividend yield                        -          -           -          -           -          -
         Expected volatility               82.89%     79.83%      52.10%     51.68%      72.43%     71.00%
         Risk-free rate of return           5.31%      5.23%       5.40%      5.34%       5.13%      4.99%
         Expected life (in years)            .50        .25         .50        .25         .50        .25

         Weighted-average fair value
         of Purchase rights granted        $2.54      $2.11      $ 1.96     $ 1.66      $ 1.46     $ 1.12

</TABLE>

          Restricted Stock Plan

         On December 17, 1998, the Company adopted a restricted  stock plan (the
"1998 Plan"). The 1998 Plan authorizes the issuance of up to 1,000,000 shares of
VTEL's  Common  Stock.to  be used to reward,  incent  and retain its  employees.
Shares of  restricted  stock issued under the 1998 Plan were 80,000 for the year
ended July 31, 1999.

11.      DEVELOPMENT AND LICENSE AGREEMENT

         On October  22,  1993,  VTEL  entered  into a  Development  and License
Agreement  (the  "Development  Agreement")  with  Intel  Corporation  ("Intel"),
pursuant  to which the  companies  agreed  to engage in a series of  development
efforts  with  respect  to video  compression  software  as well as other  video
technology  such as  processes  and  designs.  The  agreement  contains  certain
provisions for licensing  agreements and royalties between the two companies for
the use of the technology developed under the agreement.

         The  initial  term  of the  Development  Agreement  has  renewed  until
December  31,  1999 and will  continue to  automatically  renew  thereafter  for
successive  terms of one year unless written notice is given by either party six
months prior to the expiration of the initial term or any successor term.

         VTEL was advanced $3,000 under the agreement to be used for the initial
reimbursements  of research and development costs incurred by VTEL in performing
the work specified in the Development Agreement.  During the year ended July 31,
1997,  the  Company   reduced  gross  research  and   development   expenses  by
approximately $5 for reimbursable research and development costs under the terms
of the Development Agreement. No reductions of research and development expenses
were  recorded  during the years ended July 31, 1998 and 1999 as a result of the
Development Agreement.  In May 1997, VTEL issued 155,040 shares of Common Stock,
at the fair market value,  to Intel in lieu of repayment of the  remaining  $901
advance that was unused at that time.  As of July 31,  1999,  the Company had no
research  and  development  activities  in  process  or  planned  related to the
Development Agreement.

                                       45
<PAGE>


VTEL CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data unless otherwise noted)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12.     FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

        Under the provisions of SFAS No. 109, the components of the net deferred
tax amount are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                 JULY 31,
                                                                          1998            1999
<S>                                                                     <C>            <C>
       DEFERRED TAX ASSETS:
            Net operating loss carryforwards                            $ 29,140       $ 38,742
            Research and development credit carryforwards                  3,458          4,379
            Minimum tax credit carryforwards                                 110            110
            Inventory and warranty provisions                              1,246          1,921
            Charitable contributions                                          22             40
            Compensation accruals                                            635            306
            Depreciation                                                     630              -
            Deferred revenue                                               1,796            713
            Accrued expenses                                                 841              -
            Accounts receivable                                            3,163            292
            Other                                                            558            545
                                                                      ----------     ----------
                       Gross deferred tax asset                           41,599         47,048
                                                                      ----------     ----------

       DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES:
            Capitalized software                                            (274)          (220)
            Depreciation                                                       -           (453)
                                                                      ----------     ----------
                      Gross deferred tax liability                          (274)          (673)
                                                                      ----------     ----------
       Valuation allowance                                               (41,325)       (46,375)
                                                                      ----------     ----------
                      Net deferred tax asset                            $      -       $      -
                                                                      ==========     ==========
</TABLE>

         The  Company's  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  expire in  varying
amounts  from  1999  through   2019.   Research  and   development   tax  credit
carryforwards  expire in varying  amounts  from 1999 through  2019.  Minimum tax
credit carryforwards do not expire and carry forward indefinitely. Net operating
losses  related to the  Company's  foreign  subsidiaries  (totaling $ 7,222) are
available to offset future foreign taxable income.

         The Company has experienced substantial changes in ownership as defined
by the Internal Revenue Code. These changes result in annual  limitations of the
amount of net operating loss  carryforward  generated prior to each change which
can be utilized to offset future  taxable  income.  As a result of the ownership
change at CLI at the date of the Merger,  a portion of CLI's net operating  loss
carryforward  generated  prior to the Merger will never be  available  to offset
future  taxable  income  due to the  effect  of the  annual  limitation  and the
expiration of the related net operating losses.

         At July 31, 1999,  the Company had total  domestic net  operating  loss
carryforwards of $113,948 ($40,530 and $73,418 for VTEL and CLI,  respectively).
The portions of these carryforwards available for utilization during fiscal 2000
(in  consideration  of the  annual  limitations)  are  $83,048.  Additional  net
operating  losses  created  prior to the  changes in  control  of $2,574  become
available  in each  subsequent  year and  accumulate  if not used until such net
operating losses expire.

          Due to the  uncertainty  surrounding the timing of realizing the bene-
its of its  favorable  tax  attributes  in future tax  returns,  the Company has
placed a valuation allowance against its net deferred tax asset. Accordingly, no
deferred  tax  benefits  have been  recorded  for the years ended July 31, 1997,
1998, and 1999.

13.      COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

         Lease Commitments

         VTEL leases  furniture  and  equipment,  manufacturing  facilities  and
office space under  noncancelable  leases which expire at various  dates through
2013. Certain leases obligate VTEL to pay property taxes, maintenance and repair
costs.


                                       46
<PAGE>


VTEL CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data unless otherwise noted)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Future  minimum lease  payments  under all operating  leases as of July 31, 1999
were as follows:

                  FISCAL YEAR ENDING:
                     2000                    $  7,289
                     2001                       7,115
                     2002                       6,647
                     2003                       5,830
                     2004                       5,435
                     Thereafter                32,380
                                           -----------
                                             $ 64,696
                                           ===========

         Total rent  expense  under all  operating  leases for  the years  ended
July 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999 was $4,601, $4,301 and $4,520 respectively.

         During the year ended July 31, 1998, the Company  completed the planned
elimination of duplicate headquarter facilities by terminating the lease for the
former CLI headquarters.  The landlord paid the Company a $1,800 termination fee
which  is  recorded  (net  of  termination  expenses)  as  Other  Income  in the
accompanying Statement of Operations.

         In  connection  with the  acquisition  of  certain of the assets of the
videoconferencing  division  of one of its German  resellers,  (see Note 3), the
Company  entered  into a five year  licensing  agreement  pursuant  to which the
Company  will pay a license  fee equal to 4% of the  revenues  generated  by the
acquired  assets with a minimum  annual fee of $281 to $393 and a maximum annual
fee of $786.

          Contingencies

         The Company is the  defendant  or plaintiff  in various  actions  which
arose in the  normal  course of  business.  In the  opinion of  management,  the
ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse affect on
our financial condition, results of operation or cash flows.

         The Company  was  previously  involved in a legal  dispute with Philips
Electronics North America Corporation ("Philips").  On May 25, 1999, the Company
announced  a  compromise  settlement  agreement  between  Philips  and CLI.  The
settlement agreement, valued at less than $900, stipulates payment by CLI in the
form of cash and a future payment under a note  of $250 (See Note 8), as well as
warrants for VTEL common  stock.  These amounts had  previously  been accrued as
part of the reserve for contingent  liabilities  related to the merger (See Note
1). In addition,  the  settlement  mutually  releases each party from all future
claims, demands and causes of action.


14.      SEGMENT INFORMATION

         In 1999, the company adopted SFAS 131. The Company manages its business
primarily on a products and services basis.  The Company's  reportable  segments
are  Products and  Services/Other.  The Products  segment  provides  multi-media
visual communication (commonly referred to as videoteleconferencing) products to
customers  primarily  through a network  of  resellers,  and to a lesser  extent
directly to end-users.  The  Services/Other  segment provides custom  integrated
systems, installations and product support services to customers. The accounting
policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 2.

         The Company  evaluates  the  performance  of its segments and allocates
resources to them based on revenue and  operating  income;  however,  there is a
charge to  allocate  corporate  operating  expenses to the  segments.  The prior
year's segment information has been restated to present the Company's reportable
segments.

         The  table  below  presents  segment  information  about  revenue  from
unaffiliated  customers,  depreciation  and operating income for the three years
ended July 31, 1999:

                                       47
<PAGE>


VTEL CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data unless otherwise noted)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             SERVICES/
                                            PRODUCTS           OTHER      CORPORATE/OTHER         TOTAL
                                            --------         ---------    ---------------         -----
<S>                                       <C>               <C>                <C>              <C>
FOR THE YEAR ENDING JULY 31, 1999
Revenues from unaffiliated customers      $    105,520      $ 46,082           $       -        $  151,602
Depreciation and amortization                      168         1,884               9,745            11,797

Operating income (loss)                         50,353        16,885             (82,803)          (15,565)

FOR THE YEAR ENDING JULY 31, 1998
Revenues from unaffiliated customers      $    134,775      $ 44,909           $       -        $  179,684
Depreciation and amortization                      219           932               7,719             8,870

Operating income (loss)                         68,964        15,993             (82,178)            2,779

FOR THE YEAR ENDING JULY 31, 1997
Revenues from unaffiliated customers      $    150,791      $ 40,232           $       -        $  191,023
Depreciation and amortization*                       -             -              12,667            12,667

Operating income (loss)                         63,560        11,142            (118,973)          (44,271)

<FN>
         * The company deemed it  impracticable  to determine  depreciation  and
amortization  related to its  reportable  segments  for the year ending July 31,
1997.

</FN>
</TABLE>


         Revenue  and  long-lived  assets  related to  operations  in the United
States  and  foreign  countries  for the three  years  ended  July 31,  1999 are
presented  below.   Revenues generated between foreign geographic locations have
historically been insignificant.

                                                FOR THE YEARS ENDED JULY 31,
                                          1997            1998            1999

Revenue from unaffiliated customers
              United States            $ 180,811       $ 163,381     $ 136,666
              Foreign                     10,212          16,303        14,936

Long-lived assets at the end of year
              United States            $  36,104       $  42,116     $  51,806
              Foreign                      1,133           1,487         3,258


                                       48
<PAGE>



VTEL CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data unless otherwise noted)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



15.      QUARTERLY INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

         The following tables contain selected unaudited  consolidated statement
of income and earnings per share data for each quarter of fiscal year 1999.

                                                                      FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                           OCT. 31,       JAN 31,    APRIL 30,    JULY 31,
                                                             1998          1999         1999        1999
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>
     REVENUES:
          Products                                        $ 25,888      $ 26,386     $ 25,133     $ 28,113
          Services and other                                11,052        11,369       10,983       12,678
                                                          -----------   -----------  ----------  ------------
             Total revenues                                 36,940        37,755       36,116       40,791
                                                          -----------   -----------  ----------  ------------
     COST OF SALES:
          Products                                          13,280        14,483       12,037       15,367
          Services and other                                 7,348         7,485        6,362        8,002
                                                          -----------   -----------  ----------  ------------
             Total cost of sales                            20,628        21,968       18,399       23,369
                                                          -----------   -----------  ----------  ------------

          Gross margin                                      16,312        15,787       17,717       17,422
                                                          -----------   -----------  ----------  ------------

     OPERATING EXPENSES:
          Selling, general and administrative               18,503        15,916       13,254       13,182
          Research and development                           5,236         4,638        4,427        3,650
          Amortization of intangible assets                    252           259          379          381
          Merger and other                                                                            (235)
          Restructuring expense                                  -         2,915          203          (38)
                                                          -----------   -----------  ----------  ------------
             Total operating expenses                       23,991        23,728       18,263       16,940
                                                          -----------   -----------  ----------  ------------

          Income (loss) from operations                     (7,679)       (7,941)        (546)         482
                                                          -----------   -----------  ----------  ------------
     OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
          Interest income                                      288           248          165           91
          Interest expense and other                           (48)         (251)        (193)        (231)
                                                          -----------   -----------  ----------  ------------
                                                               240            (3)         (28)        (140)
                                                          -----------   -----------  ----------  ------------

     Net income (loss) before provision
          For income taxes                                  (7,439)       (7,944)        (574)         342

     Provision for income taxes                                  -             -            -           50
                                                          -----------   -----------  ----------  ------------
          NET INCOME (LOSS)                               $ (7,439)     $ (7,944)    $   (574)    $    392
                                                          ===========   ===========  ==========  ============

     BASIC AND DILUTED INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE:           $  (0.32)        (0.35)       (0.02)        0.02
                                                          ===========   ===========  ==========  ============

     WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING:
          Basic                                             23,085        22,987       23,734       24,235
                                                          ===========   ===========  ==========  ============
          Diluted                                           23,085        22,987       23,734       24,919
                                                          ===========   ===========  ==========  ============
</TABLE>


                                                        * *
                                       49

<PAGE>



ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS  WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINAN-
         CIAL DISCLOSURES

         None.

                                    PART III.

ITEM 10.   DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

         In accordance  with paragraph G(3) of the General  Instructions  to the
Annual  Report on Form  10-K,  the  information  contained  under  the  captions
"Election  of  Directors"  will be filed  with the  Company's  Definitive  Proxy
Statement pursuant to Regulation 14A on or before November 26, 1999.

ITEM 11.   EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

         In accordance  with paragraph G(3) of the General  Instructions  to the
Annual  Report  on Form  10-K,  the  information  contained  under  the  caption
"Executive  Compensation"  will be filed  with the  Company's  Definitive  Proxy
Statement pursuant to Regulation 14A on or before November 26, 1999.

ITEM 12.   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

         In accordance  with paragraph G(3) of the General  Instructions  to the
Annual  Report  on Form  10-K,  the  information  contained  under  the  caption
"Security  Ownership of Certain  Beneficial Owners and Management" will be filed
with the Company's  Definitive Proxy Statement  pursuant to Regulation 14A on or
before November 26, 1999.

ITEM 13.   CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

         In accordance  with paragraph G(3) of the General  Instructions  to the
Annual Report on Form 10-K, the information contained under the caption "Certain
Relationships  and  Transactions"  will be filed with the  Company's  Definitive
Proxy Statement pursuant to the regulation 14A on or before November 26, 1999.

                                    PART IV.

ITEM 14.   EXHIBITS,  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS,  FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES,  AND
           REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

   EXHIBIT
   NUMBER                                 DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION
   -------                                --------------------

(a)(1)   The  financial  statements  filed as part of this  Report at Item 8 are
         listed in the Index to Financial  Statements  and  Financial  Statement
         Schedules on page 24 of this Report.

(a)(2)   The financial statement schedule filed as part of this Report at Item 8
         is listed in the Index to Financial  Statements and Financial Statement
         Schedules on page 24 of this Report.

(a)(3)   The following exhibits are filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K:



                                       50

<PAGE>



   EXHIBIT
   NUMBER                                 DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION
   -------                                --------------------

2.1  Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization dated as of January 6, 1997
     by and among VTEL, VTEL-Sub, Inc. and CLI (incorporated by reference to the
     Exhibit 99.1 of VTEL's Report on Form 8-K dated January 6, 1997).

3.1  Fourth Amended  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  (incorporated  by
     reference the Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's  quarterly  report form 10-Q for
     the period ended June 30, 1993.)

3.2  Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated  Certificate of Incorporation,  as
     filed on May 27, 1997 with the Secretary of State of Delaware (incorporated
     by reference  the Exhibit 3.1 to the  Company's  Annual Report on form 10-K
     for the period ended July 31, 1997.)

3.3  Bylaws of the Company as adopted by the Board of  Directors  of the Company
     effective as of June 11, 1989  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to
     the Company's  Registration  Statement on Form S-1, File No.  33-45876,  as
     amended).

3.4  Amendment  to Bylaws of the Company as adopted by the Board of Directors of
     the Company  effective as of April 28, 1992  (incorporated  by reference to
     Exhibit 19.1 to the Company's  Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q for the three
     months ended March 31, 1992).

3.5  Amendment to the Bylaws of the Company as adopted by the Board of Directors
     of the Company effective as of July 10, 1996  (incorporated by reference to
     Exhibit  4.5 to the  Company's  Current  Report on Form 8-K dated  July 10,
     1996).

4.1  Specimen  Certificate  for the Common Stock  (incorporated  by reference to
     Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's  Registration  Statement on Form S-1, File No.
     33-45876, as amended).

4.2  Rights  Agreement  dated as of July 10, 1996 between VTEL  Corporation  and
     First  National Bank of Boston,  which  includes the form of Certificate of
     Designations for Designating  Series A Preferred Stock, $.01 par value, the
     form of Rights Certificate,  and the Summary of Rights to Purchase Series A
     Preferred Stock  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's
     Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 10, 1996).

10.1 License  Agreement,  dated as of November 7, 1990,  between  Universite  de
     Sherbrooke,  as Licenser,  and the Company,  as Licensee  (incorporated  by
     reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company's  Registration  Statement on Form
     S-1, File No. 33-45876, as amended).

10.2 VideoTelecom  Corp.  1989 Stock Option Plan,  as amended  (incorporated  by
     reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the  Company's  Registration  on Form S-8, File
     No. 33-51822).

                                       51

<PAGE>


   EXHIBIT
   NUMBER                                 DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION
   -------                                --------------------

10.3 Form  of   VideoTelecom   Corp.   Nonqualified   Stock   Option   Agreement
     (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company's  Registration
     Statement on Form S-1, File No. 33-45876, as amended).

10.4 Form of VideoTelecom Corp.  Incentive Stock Option Agreement  (incorporated
     by reference to Exhibit  10.17 to the Company's  Registration  Statement on
     Form S-1, File No. 33-45876, as amended).

10.5 Distributor Agreement dated January 8, 1990, between US WEST Communications
     Services,  Inc. and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18
     to the Company's  Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 33-45876, as
     amended).

10.6 Purchase   Agreement   effective  October  1,  1990,  between  GTE  Service
     Corporation  and the  Company,  as amended  July 1, 1991  (incorporated  by
     reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Company's  Registration Statement on Form
     S-1, File No. 33-45876, as amended).

10.7 Distribution  Agreement,  made and entered  into  November 1, 1991,  by and
     between Microsoft Corporation and the Company (incorporated by reference to
     Exhibit 10.22 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No.
     33-45876, as amended).

10.8 VideoTelecom  Corp.  1992  Director  Stock  Option  Plan  (incorporated  by
     reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the  Company's  Registration  on Form S-8, File
     No. 33-51822).

10.9 VideoTelecom Corp.  Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference
     to  Exhibit  4.1 to the  Company's  Registration  on  Form  S-8,  File  No.
     33-51822).

10.10 Lease agreement,  executed by  Waterford  HP, Ltd.  on June 14,  1994,  as
      Landlord, and the Company,  as Tenant,  together  with First  Amendment of
      Lease Agreement between Waterford HP, Ltd., as Landlord,  and the Company,
      as Tenant, dated  November 2, 1994,  Second  Amendment of Lease  Agreement
      between Waterford HP, Ltd., as Landlord, and the Company, as Tenant, dated
      February 1, 1995,  and  Net  Profits Agreement, executed between Waterford
      HP, Ltd.  on June 14, 1994  and the Company  (incorporated by reference to
      Exhibit 10.17 to the Company's 1994 Annual Report on Form 10-K).

10.11 Subscription  Agreement   dated  June  14,  1995  by  and   between   VTEL
      Corporation, Accord Video  Telecommunications,  Ltd.,  Nizanim Fund (1993)
      Ltd.,  the  "Star  Entities",  Manakin  Investments  BV,  Messrs.   Gideon
      Rosenfeld and Sigi  Gavish, and Eduardo  Shoval (incorporated by reference
      to Exhibit 10.19  to the Company's  1995 Annual Report  on Form 10-K.  The
      schedules referred  to in  the agreement  have been  omitted  but  will be
      furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request).

10.12 Amendment to the  VideoTelecom  Corp.  1989 Stock Option Plan and the 1992
      Director Stock  Option  Plan  (the  terms of  which  are  incorporated  by
      reference to the Company's 1996 Definitive Proxy Statement).

                                     52
<PAGE>

   EXHIBIT
   NUMBER                                 DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION
   -------                                --------------------

10.13 The VTEL Corporation  1996  Stock  Option  Plan  (the  terms of which  are
      incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company's  1995   Definitive   Proxy
      Statement).

10.14 Amendment to the VTEL  Corporation  1996 Stock  Option  Plan (the terms of
      which are incorporated by reference to the Company's Joint Proxy Statement
      filed on April 24, 1997).

10.15 Compression Labs,  Incorporated  1980  Stock  Option  Plan - the ISO  Plan
      (incorporated  by  reference  to   the  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  of
      Compression Labs, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 1994).

10.16 Revised forms of Incentive Stock Option and Early  Exercise Stock Purchase
      Agreement used in  connection  with the  issuance  and exercise of options
      under  the  ISO  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Registration
      Statement on Form S-8 of Compression Labs, Inc. filed on June 6, 1994).

10.17 Consulting and separation agreement between Compression Labs, Incorporated
      and  John E. Tyson dated  February 16, 1996  (incorporated by reference to
      the Annual Report  on Form 10-K  of  Compression Labs,  Inc. for  the year
      ended December 31, 1995).

10.18 Lease Agreement, dated January 30, 1998,  between 2800  Industrial,  Inc.,
      Lessor and VTEL Corporation, Lessee  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
      10.1 to the Company's  Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q for the three months
      ended April 30, 1998).

10.19 First Amendment, dated  March 11, 1998,  to Lease Agreement  dated January
      30, 1998, between  2800 Industrial, Inc.,  Lessor  and  VTEL  Corporation,
      Lessee (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  to  the  Company's
`     Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended April 30, 1998).

10.20 The VTEL Corporation  1998  Restricted  Stock Plan (the terms of which are
      incorporated  by  reference   to  the  Company's   1998  Definitive  Proxy
      Statement)

10.21 Loan and Security Agreement,  dated May 5, 1999,  between  Silicon  Valley
      Bank and Comerica Bank-Texas, as Creditors, and the Company, as Borrower.

                                       53

<PAGE>





   EXHIBIT
   NUMBER                                 DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION
   -------                                --------------------

10.22 Change-in-Control Agreements  with  members  of senior  management  of the
      Company (incorporated  by  reference to  exhibit  10.21 to  the  Company's
      Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended July 31, 1999)

      10.22 (a)   Stephen L. Von Rump
      10.22 (b)   Rodney S. Bond
      10.22 (c)   Dennis M. Egan
      10.22 (d)   Vinay Goel
      10.22 (e)   Steve F. Keilen
      10.22 (f)   F.H. (Dick) Moeller
      10.22 (g)   Ly-Huong T. Pham
      10.22 (h)   Michael J. Steigerwald
      10.22 (i)   Bob R. Swem
      10.22 (j)   Judy A. Wallace

21.1  -    List  of  Subsidiaries

23.1 -    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

27.1  -    Financial Data Schedule (filed electronically only)

- ---------------

(B)      Reports on Form 8-K:
               Press release filed on October 1,  1999(incorporated by reference
               to Form 8-K filed on October 1, 1999).

(C)      See subitem 14(a)(3) above.

(D)      See subitem 14(a)(2) above.


                                   SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  the  registrant  has duly  caused  this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                     VTEL Corporation

                                     By        /s/    Rodney S. Bond
                                              ----------------------------------
                                                         Rodney S. Bond
                                                   CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER,
                                                    VICE PRESIDENT-FINANCE,
                                               SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT TREASURER



                                       54



Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed by the following  persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the
capacities and on the date indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                   Signature                                       Title                              Date
                   ---------                                       -----                              ----
<S>                                               <C>                                        <C>
/s/                Stephen L. Von Rump            President and Director                        October 29, 1999
- ------------------------------------------------  (Principal Executive Officer)              ------------------------
                Stephen L. Von Rump

/s/                  Rodney S. Bond               Chief Financial Officer,                      October 29, 1999
- ------------------------------------------------  Vice President - Finance,                  ------------------------
                Rodney S. Bond                    Secretary and Assistant Treasurer
                                                  (Principal Financial Officer and
                                                  Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/                     Eric L. Jones             Director                                      October 29, 1999
- ------------------------------------------------                                             ------------------------
                 Eric L. Jones

/s/                     Max Hopper                Director                                      October 29, 1999
- ------------------------------------------------                                             ------------------------
                  Max Hopper

/s/                 Gordon Matthews               Director                                      October 29, 1999
- ------------------------------------------------                                             ------------------------
                Gordon Matthews

/s/                F.H. (Dick) Moeller            Chairman of the Board                         October 29, 1999
- ------------------------------------------------                                             ------------------------
              F.H. (Dick) Moeller

/s/                 Dick  Snyder                  Director                                      October 29, 1999
- ------------------------------------------------                                             ------------------------
                     Dick Snyder

/s/                   T. Gary Trimm               Director                                      October 29, 1999
- ------------------------------------------------                                             ------------------------
                 T. Gary Trimm

</TABLE>

                                       55

<PAGE>


VTEL CORPORATION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
SCHEDULE II
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                                          PROVISION FOR    WRITE-OFF OF
                                            BALANCE AT       DOUBTFUL      UNCOLLECTIBLE    BALANCE AT
                                             BEGINNING       ACCOUNTS        ACCOUNTS         END OF
                                             OF PERIOD      RECEIVABLE      RECEIVABLE         YEAR
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                           <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
Accounts receivable -
  Allowances for
  Doubtful accounts


Year ended July 31, 1997                       7,875          6,086           (3,239)         10,722

Year ended July 31, 1998                      10,722           (119)          (1,156)          9,447

Year ended July 31, 1999                       9,447            278           (8,502)          1,223


</TABLE>



                                       56






                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.21



                              AMENDED AND RESTATED

                           LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

                                  BY AND AMONG

                              SILICON VALLEY BANK,

                               COMERICA BANK-TEXAS

                                       AND

                                VTEL CORPORATION


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                               Page
                                                                                                               ----
<S>                                                                                                            <C>
R E C I T A L S...................................................................................................1

AGREEMENT.........................................................................................................1

1.       DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.............................................................................1
         1.1      Definitions.....................................................................................1
         1.2      Accounting and Other Terms.....................................................................11

2.       LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT...............................................................................11
         2.1      Credit Extensions..............................................................................11
                  2.1.1    Advances..............................................................................12
                  2.1.2    Letters of Credit.....................................................................12
                  2.1.3    Foreign Exchange Contract; Foreign Exchange Settlements...............................14
         2.2      Overadvances...................................................................................16
         2.3      Interest Rates, Payments, and Calculations.....................................................17
         2.4      Crediting Payments.............................................................................19
         2.5      Fees...........................................................................................19
         2.6      Additional Costs...............................................................................20
         2.7      Term...........................................................................................21
         2.8      Pro Rata Treatment.............................................................................21
         2.9      Sharing of Payments, etc.......................................................................22

3.       CONDITIONS OF LOANS.....................................................................................23
         3.1      Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension...............................................23
         3.2      Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions..................................................23

4.       CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST...........................................................................24
         4.1      Grant of Security Interest.....................................................................24
         4.2      Delivery of Additional Documentation Required..................................................24
         4.3      Right to Inspect...............................................................................24
         4.4      Single Loan....................................................................................25

5.       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES..........................................................................25
         5.1      Due Organization and Qualification.............................................................25
         5.2      Due Authorization; No Conflict.................................................................25
         5.3      No Prior Encumbrances..........................................................................25
         5.4      Bona Fide Eligible Accounts....................................................................25
         5.5      Merchantable Inventory.........................................................................25
         5.6      Name; Location of Chief Executive Office.......................................................25
         5.7      Litigation.....................................................................................26
         5.8      No Material Adverse Change in Financial Statements.............................................26

                                        i

<PAGE>



         5.9      Solvency.......................................................................................26
         5.10     Regulatory Compliance..........................................................................26
         5.11     Environmental Condition........................................................................26
         5.12     Taxes..........................................................................................27
         5.13     Subsidiaries...................................................................................27
         5.14     Government Consents............................................................................27
         5.15     Full Disclosure................................................................................27
         5.16     Intellectual Property..........................................................................27
         5.17     No Subordinated Debt...........................................................................27
         5.18     Year 2000 Reprogramming........................................................................27

6.       AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS...................................................................................28
         6.1      Good Standing..................................................................................28
         6.2      Government Compliance..........................................................................28
         6.3      Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates....................................................28
         6.4      Inventory; Returns.............................................................................29
         6.5      Taxes..........................................................................................29
         6.6      Insurance......................................................................................30
         6.7      Quick Ratio....................................................................................30
         6.8      Debt-Tangible Net Worth Ratio..................................................................30
         6.9      Tangible Net Worth.............................................................................31
         6.10     Profitability..................................................................................31
         6.11     Registration of Intellectual Property Rights...................................................31
         6.12     Lockbox Account................................................................................32
         6.13     ERISA..........................................................................................32
         6.14     Year 2000 Compliance...........................................................................33
         6.15     Notice of Events...............................................................................33
         6.16     Further Assurances.............................................................................33

7.       NEGATIVE COVENANTS......................................................................................33
         7.1      Dispositions...................................................................................33
         7.2      Changes in Business, Ownership,  Management, or Chief Executive Office.........................34
         7.3      Mergers or Acquisitions........................................................................34
         7.4      Indebtedness...................................................................................34
         7.5      Encumbrances...................................................................................34
         7.6      Distributions..................................................................................34
         7.7      Investments....................................................................................34
         7.8      Transactions with Affiliates...................................................................35
         7.9      Subordinated Debt..............................................................................35
         7.10     Inventory......................................................................................35
         7.11     Compliance.....................................................................................35
         7.12     Intellectual Property Agreement................................................................35
         7.13     Foreign Assets.................................................................................35
         7.14     ERISA Compliance.         .....................................................................36



                                       ii

<PAGE>




8.       EVENTS OF DEFAULT.......................................................................................36
         8.1      Payment Default................................................................................36
         8.2      Covenant Default...............................................................................36
         8.3      Material Adverse Change........................................................................37
         8.4      Attachment.....................................................................................37
         8.5      Insolvency.....................................................................................37
         8.6      Other Agreements...............................................................................37
         8.7      Subordinated Debt..............................................................................37
         8.8      Judgments......................................................................................37
         8.9      Misrepresentations.............................................................................37
         8.10     ERISA..........................................................................................38

9.       SERVICING AGENT'S AND LENDERS' RIGHTS AND REMEDIES......................................................38
         9.1      Rights and Remedies............................................................................38
         9.2      Power of Attorney..............................................................................39
         9.3      Accounts Collection............................................................................40
         9.4      Lenders' Expenses..............................................................................40
         9.5      Lenders' Liability for Collateral..............................................................40
         9.6      Remedies Cumulative............................................................................40
         9.7      Demand; Protest................................................................................41

10.      NOTICES.................................................................................................41

11.      CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE.................................................................................42

12.      PARTICIPATION...........................................................................................42
         12.1     Participation Interest.........................................................................42
         12.2     No Obligation..................................................................................42

13.      THE SERVICING AGENT.....................................................................................43
         13.1     Appointment, Powers and Immunities.............................................................43
         13.2     Representations and Warranties:  No Responsibility for Inspection..............................44
         13.3     Reliance by Servicing Agent....................................................................44
         13.4     Delegation of Duties...........................................................................45
         13.5     Right to Indemnity.............................................................................45
         13.6     Resignation and Appointment of Successor Servicing Agent.......................................45
         13.7     Conflicts......................................................................................46
         13.8     No Obligations of Borrower.....................................................................46
         13.9     Amendments in Writing; Integration.............................................................46

14.      GENERAL PROVISIONS......................................................................................47
         14.1     Successors and Assigns.........................................................................47
         14.2     INDEMNIFICATION................................................................................47
         14.3     Time of Essence................................................................................47
         14.4     Severability of Provisions.....................................................................47

                                       iii

<PAGE>



         14.5     Counterparts...................................................................................47
         14.6     Survival.......................................................................................47
         14.7     Confidentiality................................................................................48
         14.8     WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL...........................................................................48
         14.9     NOTICE OF FINAL AGREEMENT......................................................................48
                           EXHIBIT A............................................................................A-1
                           EXHIBIT B............................................................................B-1
                           EXHIBIT C............................................................................C-1
                           EXHIBIT D............................................................................D-1
                           EXHIBIT E............................................................................E-1

</TABLE>

                                       iv

<PAGE>



                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                           LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT


     This AMENDED AND  RESTATED  LOAN AND SECURITY  AGREEMENT  ("Agreement")  is
entered  into  as  of  May  5,  1999,  by  and  among  SILICON  VALLEY  BANK,  a
California-chartered bank on its own behalf ("SVB"), with its principal place of
business at 3003 Tasman  Drive,  Santa Clara,  California  95054 and with a loan
production  office located at 9020 Capital of Texas Highway  North,  Building 1,
Suite 350,  Austin,  Texas 78759,  COMERICA  BANK-TEXAS,  a Texas state  banking
association  ("Comerica")  with an address  of 1601 Elm  Street,  Dallas,  Texas
75201, P.O. Box 650282, Dallas, Texas 75265-0282,  as assignee and transferee of
Chase Bank of Texas,  National  Association  f/k/a Texas  Commerce Bank National
Association  ("Chase")  (each of SVB in its capacity as a lender,  but not as an
agent, and Comerica  individually a "Lender" and collectively  "Lenders"),  VTEL
CORPORATION,  a Delaware corporation  ("Borrower"),  with its principal place of
business at 108 Wild Basin Road,  Austin,  Texas  78746,  and SVB, as  Servicing
Agent for the Lenders ("Servicing Agent").


                                 R E C I T A L S
                                 ---------------

     SVB,  Chase and  Borrower  entered  into  that  certain  Loan and  Security
Agreement  and  Schedules  relating  thereto  dated as of December  4, 1997,  as
amended by that certain First Amendment dated as of October 31, 1998, as further
amended by that certain Second Amendment dated to be effective October 31, 1998,
as further amended by that certain Third Amendment dated to be effective January
31, 1999 ("Original Loan  Agreement")  whereby SVB, Chase and Borrower set forth
the terms and  conditions  under which SVB and Chase would extend certain credit
to Borrower and whereby  Borrower  would repay  amounts  owing to SVB and Chase.
Chase  has  transferred  all of its  right,  title  and  interest  in and to the
Original Loan Agreement to Comerica.  SVB, Comerica and Borrower desire to amend
and restate the Original  Loan  Agreement to properly  reflect  certain  changed
terms and conditions with respect to SVB's and Comerica's extension of credit to
Borrower and Borrower's  repayment of amounts to SVB and Comerica.  Accordingly,
the Original  Loan  Agreement is hereby  amended and restated in its entirety to
hereafter read as follows:

                                    AGREEMENT
                                    ---------

         The parties agree as follows:

         1.       DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
                  ----------------------------

                  1.1  Definitions.  As used in this  Agreement,  the  following
terms shall have the following definitions:

                           "Accounts" means all presently existing and hereafter
arising accounts,  contract rights,  and all other forms of obligations owing to
Borrower  arising  out of  the  sale  or  lease  of  goods  (including,  without
limitation,  the licensing of software and other technology) or the rendering of
services  by  Borrower,  whether or not earned by  performance,  and any and all
credit  insurance,  guaranties,  and  other  security  therefor,  as well as all
merchandise  returned to or reclaimed by Borrower and Borrower's  Books relating
to any of the foregoing.


                                        1

<PAGE>



                           "Advance" or "Advances"  means a loan  advance  under
the Committed Revolving Line.

                           "Affiliate" means,  with respect  to any  Person, any
Person that owns or controls  directly or indirectly such Person,  or any Person
that controls or is  controlled  by or is under common  control with such Person
(whether by contract, ownership of voting securities or otherwise).

                           "Borrower's Books" means all  of Borrower's books and
records including,  without limitation:  ledgers;  records concerning Borrower's
assets  or  liabilities,  the  Collateral,   business  operations  or  financial
condition;  and all  computer  programs,  or  tape  files,  and  the  equipment,
containing such information.

                           "Borrowing Base"  means an  amount  equal  to  eighty
percent (80%) of Eligible  Accounts,  as determined  with  reference to the most
recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered by Borrower.

                           "Business Day"  means (i)  any  day  that  is  not  a
Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which banks in the State of Texas or the State
of California are authorized or required to close,  and (ii) with respect to all
notices and  determinations  in connection  with,  and payments of principal and
interest on any U.S.  Dollar  Advance  which bears  interest by  reference to an
interbank  offering  rate and any  Advance  made in a  currency  other than U.S.
Dollars,  any day which is a Business  Day  described in clause (i) and which is
also a day on  which  commercial  banks  are  open  for  international  business
(including dealings in the currency in which such Advance is denominated) in the
location of the relevant  interbank market and the place where such funds are to
be paid or made available.

                           "Closing Date" means the date of this Agreement.

                           "Collateral" means the  property described on Exhibit
A attached hereto,  excluding (i) any interests in that agreement entitled "Wild
Basin Net Proceeds  Agreement"  dated March 11,1998,  (ii) any interests in that
agreement entitled  "Waterford:  Memorandum of Net Profits Agreement" dated June
15,  1994,  and  (iii)  any  interest  in the  capital  stock  of  Accord  Video
Telecommunications Ltd.

                           "Commitment" means, with  respect to each Lender, the
amounts set forth in the Addendum to Agreement attached hereto and "Commitments"
means, with respect to each Lender or each facility  hereunder,  as the case may
be, all such amounts collectively, as each may be amended from time to time.

                           "Commitment Percentage" means,  as to any Lender, for
any credit  facility  hereunder,  the  percentage  equivalent  of such  Lender's
Commitment for such facility  divided by the aggregate amount of all Commitments
under such facility.

                           "Committed Revolving  Line" means  a credit extension
of up to Twenty Million and No/100 Dollars ($20,000,000.00).


                                        2

<PAGE>



                           "Contingent  Obligation"  means,  as  applied  to any
Person,  any direct or indirect  liability,  contingent  or  otherwise,  of that
Person with respect to any Indebtedness,  lease,  dividend,  letter of credit or
other obligation of another, including,  without limitation, any such obligation
directly or indirectly  guaranteed,  endorsed  (otherwise than for collection or
deposit in the ordinary course of business),  co-made or discounted or sold with
recourse  by that  Person,  or in  respect  of which  that  Person is  otherwise
directly or indirectly liable. The amount of any Contingent  Obligation shall be
deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or  determined  amount of the primary
obligation  in respect of which such  Contingent  Obligation  is made or, if not
stated or determinable,  the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect
thereof as determined by such Person in good faith; provided, however, that such
amount shall not in any event exceed the maximum amount of the obligations under
the guarantee or other support arrangement.

                           "Copyrights"  means,  any  and  all copyright rights,
copyright  applications,  copyright  registrations  and like  protections of the
Borrower  in each  work or  authorship  and  derivative  work  thereof,  whether
published or  unpublished  and whether or not the same also  constitutes a trade
secret, now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held by Borrower.

                           "Credit Extension"  means  each  Advance,  Letter  of
Credit  (including all issued but undrawn and drawn but unreimbursed  Letters of
Credit), Letter of Credit Reserve,  Exchange Contract,  Foreign Exchange Reserve
or any  other  extension  of credit  by  Lenders  for the  benefit  of  Borrower
hereunder.

                           "Current Assets"  means, as  of any  applicable date,
all amounts that should,  in accordance with GAAP, be included as current assets
on the  consolidated  balance sheet of Borrower and its  Subsidiaries as at such
date.

                           "Current Liabilities"  means, as  of  any  applicable
date, all Indebtedness  and other amounts that should,  in accordance with GAAP,
be included as current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet of Borrower
and its Subsidiaries,  as at such date, plus, to the extent not already included
therein,  all  outstanding  Advances  made under this  Agreement,  but excluding
Subordinated  Debt and any  Indebtedness  that is otherwise  included in Current
Liabilities in accordance with GAAP, but which is renewable or extendable at the
option of Borrower to a date more than one year from the date of determination.

                           "Eligible Accounts" means  those Accounts of Borrower
(and  not  any  of its  Subsidiaries)  that  arise  in the  ordinary  course  of
Borrower's business, that Servicing Agent has been granted a first priority Lien
against  for the benefit of  Lenders,  and that  comply  with all of  Borrower's
representations  and  warranties  to  Servicing  Agent and  Lenders set forth in
Section 5.4;  provided,  that standards of eligibility  may be fixed and revised
from time to time by Servicing Agent and Requisite  Lenders in their  reasonable
judgement  upon  notification   thereof  to  Borrower  in  accordance  with  the
provisions hereof.  Unless otherwise agreed to by Requisite Lenders, in writing,
Eligible Accounts shall not include the following:

                           (a)      Accounts that the  account debtor has failed
to pay within ninety (90) days of invoice date;


                                        3

<PAGE>



                           (b)      Accounts with respect  to an account debtor,
including  Affiliates,  twenty-five  percent (25%) or more of whose Accounts the
account  debtor (or its  Affiliates,  as  applicable),  has failed to pay within
ninety  (90) days of  invoice  date,  except  for those  Accounts  listed on the
Schedule and as approved in writing by Servicing Agent and Requisite Lenders;

                           (c)      Accounts with respect  to an account debtor,
including  Affiliates,  whose total  obligations to Borrower exceed  twenty-five
percent  (25%)  of all  Accounts  of  Borrower,  but  only  to the  extent  such
obligations exceed the aforementioned percentage,  except as approved in writing
by Servicing Agent and Requisite Lenders;

                           (d)      Accounts with  respect to  which the account
debtor  does not have its  principal  place of  business  in the United  States,
except for Eligible Foreign Accounts;

                           (e)      Accounts with  respect to  which the account
debtor  is (a) the  United  States  government  or any  department,  agency,  or
instrumentality  thereof,  or (b) a state or local  governmental  entity  or any
department,  agency, or instrumentality  thereof which requires  compliance with
such state's or local governmental  entity's laws with respect to the assignment
of claims or accounts receivable in order for Servicing Agent to obtain a valid,
perfected,  first-priority security interest in such Account; provided, however,
upon  compliance with such laws and the valid  assignment of such Account,  such
Account shall be an Eligible Account;

                           (f)      Accounts which are  the subject  of any dis-
pute or which  could  reasonably  be deemed to result in set-off but only to the
extent of the amount in dispute or subject to set-off;

                           (g)      Accounts with  respect to  which  goods  are
placed on consignment,  guaranteed sale, sale or return, sale on approval,  bill
and hold,  or other terms by reason of which the  payment by the account  debtor
may be conditional, sometimes referred to as "contra" accounts;

                           (h)      Accounts  with respect  to which the account
debtor is an Affiliate, officer, employee, or agent of Borrower;

                           (i)      Accounts with  respect to  which the account
debtor  disputes  liability or makes any claim with respect  thereto as to which
Servicing Agent believes, in its sole discretion,  that there may be a basis for
dispute (but only to the extent of the amount subject to such dispute or claim),
or is subject to any Insolvency Proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or goes out of
business; and

                           (j)      Accounts the  collection of  which Servicing
Agent or any Lender in good faith reasonably determines after reasonable inquiry
to be doubtful by reason of the account debtor's financial condition.

                           "Eligible  Foreign   Accounts"  means  Accounts  with
respect  to which  the  account  debtor  does not  have its  principal  place of
business in the United  States and that are: (1) covered by credit  insurance in
form  and  amount,  and by an  insurer,  satisfactory  to  Servicing  Agent  and
Requisite  Lenders less the amount of any  deductible(s)  which may be or become
owing thereon;  or (2) supported by one or more letters of credit either advised
or negotiated through Servicing Agent

                                        4

<PAGE>



or any Lender or in favor of Servicing Agent or any Lender as beneficiary, in an
amount and of a tenor,  and issued by a  financial  institution,  acceptable  to
Servicing  Agent and  Requisite  Lenders;  or (3) that all Lenders  approve on a
case-by-case basis.

                           "Equipment" means all  present and future  machinery,
equipment, tenant improvements,  furniture, fixtures, vehicles, tools, parts and
attachments in which Borrower has any interest.

                           "ERISA" shall  mean  the Employee  Retirement  Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and all rules,  regulations,
rulings  and  interpretations  adopted by the  Internal  Revenue  Service or the
Department of Labor thereunder.

                           "ERISA Affiliate"  shall mean  any trade  or business
(whether or not incorporated) which together with the Borrower or any Subsidiary
of the Borrower  would be treated as a single  employer  under the provisions of
Title I or Title IV of ERISA.

                           "Federal Funds  Effective Rate"  shall mean,  for any
day, a rate per annum equal to the  weighted  average of the rates on  overnight
Federal funds  transactions  with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged
by Federal funds brokers,  as published on the next  succeeding  Business Day by
the Federal  Reserve Bank of New York,  or, if such rate is not so published for
any day which is a Business  Day, the average of the  quotations  for the day of
such  transactions  received by the  Servicing  Agent from three  Federal  funds
brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

                           "Foreign Accounts"  means Accounts  with  respect  to
which the account  debtor does not have its  principal  place of business in the
United States.

                           "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles
as in effect in the United States from time to time.

                           "Guarantor" means any  present or future guarantor of
the Obligations.

                           "Indebtedness"  means   (a)  all   indebtedness   for
borrowed  money  or  the  deferred  purchase  price  of  property  or  services,
including, without limitation,  reimbursement and other obligations with respect
to surety bonds and letters of credit,  (b) all obligations  evidenced by notes,
bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) all capital lease obligations, (d)
all Contingent Obligations,  and (e) all Indebtedness and obligations secured by
any Lien on any  property  owned by such  Person even though such Person has not
assumed or has not otherwise become liable for the payment of such  Indebtedness
or obligation.

                           "Intellectual   Property"   means   (a)   Copyrights,
Trademarks,  Patents, and Mask Works of Borrower, (b) Any and all trade secrets,
and any and all intellectual  property rights in computer  software and computer
software  products  now or  hereafter  existing,  created,  acquired  or held by
Borrower,  (c) Any and all design  rights which may be available to Borrower now
or hereafter existing,  created,  acquired or held by Borrower,  (d) Any and all
claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the
rights included above,  with the right,  but not the obligation,  to sue for and
collect such damages for said use or infringement of the intellectual

                                        5

<PAGE>



property rights identified above, (e) All licenses or other rights to use any of
the Copyrights,  Patents,  Trademarks,  or Mask Works,  and all license fees and
royalties  arising  from such use to the  extent  permitted  by such  license or
rights,  (f) All  amendments,  renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights,
Trademarks,  Patents,  or Mask Works and (g) All  proceeds  and  products of the
foregoing,  including  without  limitation all payments  under  insurance or any
indemnity or warranty payable in respect of any of the foregoing.

                           "Insolvency   Proceeding"    means   any   proceeding
commenced by or against any Person or entity  under any  provision of the United
States Bankruptcy Code, as amended,  or under any other bankruptcy or insolvency
law,  including  assignments  for the benefit of  creditors,  formal or informal
moratoria, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings
seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other similar relief.

                           "Inventory" means all present and future inventory in
which Borrower has any interest,  including merchandise,  raw materials,  parts,
supplies,  packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products
intended  for sale or lease or to be furnished  under a contract of service,  of
every  kind  and  description  now or at any time  hereafter  owned by or in the
custody or  possession,  actual or  constructive,  of Borrower,  including  such
inventory as is  temporarily  out of its custody or possession or in transit and
including any returns upon any accounts or other proceeds,  including  insurance
proceeds, resulting from the sale or disposition of any of the foregoing and any
documents of title representing any of the above.

                           "Investment" means any  beneficial ownership (includ-
ing stock, partnership interest or other securities) of any Person, or any loan,
advance or capital contribution to any Person.

                           "IRC" means the  Internal Revenue Code  of  1986,  as
amended, and the regulations thereunder.

                           "Lenders' Expenses"  means all  reasonable  costs  or
expenses  (including  reasonable  attorneys' fees and expenses)  incurred by the
Servicing  Agent,  SVB, and  Comerica,  or any one or more of them in connection
with the preparation,  negotiation,  administration, and enforcement of the Loan
Documents;  and Servicing Agent's and each Lender's  reasonable  attorneys' fees
and expenses  incurred in amending,  enforcing or defending the Loan  Documents,
(including  fees and  expenses  of appeal or review,  or those  incurred  in any
Insolvency Proceeding) whether or not suit is brought.

                           "Letter  of  Credit"  means  a  letter  of  credit or
similar undertaking issued by Issuing Lender pursuant to Section 2.1.2.

                           "Letter of Credit Reserve"  has the meaning set forth
in Section 2.1.2.

                           "LIBOR Supplement"  means the  Amended  and  Restated
LIBOR  Supplement  to  Agreement  of even date  herewith  by and among  Lenders,
Borrower and Servicing Agent as the same may be in effect from time to time.


                                        6

<PAGE>



                           "Lien" means  any  mortgage,  lien,  deed  of  trust,
charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance.

                           "Loan Documents" means, collectively, this Agreement,
any note or notes that may be executed by Borrower in favor of  Servicing  Agent
or any  Lender  pursuant  to this  Agreement,  and any other  present  or future
agreement  entered into by and among  Borrower  and/or for the benefit of all of
the Lenders in  connection  with this  Agreement,  all as  amended,  extended or
restated from time to time.

                           "Mask Works" means  all mask work  or  similar rights
available for the  protection  of  semiconductor  chips,  now owned or hereafter
acquired by Borrower;

                           "Material Adverse Effect"  means a  material  adverse
effect on (i) the business  operations or condition  (financial or otherwise) of
Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  taken as a whole or (ii) the ability of Borrower
to repay the  Obligations or otherwise  perform its  obligations  under the Loan
Documents.

                           "Maximum Lawful  Rate"  means  the  maximum  rate  of
interest  and the term  "Maximum  Lawful  Amount"  means the  maximum  amount of
interest that are permissible under applicable state or federal law for the type
of loan evidenced by the Loan Documents. If the Maximum Lawful Rate is increased
by  statute  or  other  governmental  action  subsequent  to the  date  of  this
Agreement,  then the new Maximum Lawful Rate shall be applicable to the payments
provided  for  hereunder  from the  effective  date  thereof,  unless  otherwise
prohibited by applicable law.

                           "Negotiable  Collateral"   means  all  of  Borrower's
present  and  future  letters  of  credit of which it is a  beneficiary,  notes,
drafts, instruments, securities, documents of title, and chattel paper.

                           "Net Income" means, as to Borrower and its Subsidiar-
ies on a consolidated  basis and for any period,  the net income (or loss) after
tax for such period without giving effect to any extraordinary  gain or gains as
determined in accordance with GAAP.

                           "Obligations" means all  debt,  principal,  interest,
Lenders'  Expenses and other  amounts  owed to any Lender or Servicing  Agent by
Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, whether absolute
or  contingent,  due or to  become  due,  now  existing  or  hereafter  arising,
including  any interest  that accrues  after the  commencement  of an Insolvency
Proceeding and including any debt, liability,  or obligation owing from Borrower
to others  that all of the  Lenders  or  Servicing  Agent may have  obtained  by
assignment or otherwise.

                           "Other Obligor" shall mean  any entity or individual,
including,  without limitation,  any Guarantor,  who (i) is obligated to pay any
Credit  Extension  or any other  Obligation,  or (ii)  otherwise  is or  becomes
obligated to pay any Credit Extension or any other  Obligation (for example,  as
cosigner or guarantor), or (iii) has pledged property as security for payment of
any Credit Extension or any other Obligation.

                           "PBGC" shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corpo-
ration.

                                        7

<PAGE>



                           "Patents" means, all patents, patent applications and
like  protections  of  Borrower  including,  without  limitation,  improvements,
divisions,     continuations,     renewals,     reissues,     extensions     and
continuations-in-part of the same.

                           "Payment  Date"  means  (a)  for  Prime  Rate  Credit
Extensions,  the last day of each  calendar  month  commencing on the first such
date after the Closing Date and ending on the Revolving  Maturity  Date; and (b)
for LIBOR rate Credit Extensions,  at the end of the applicable  Interest Period
(as defined in the LIBOR Supplement).

                           "Permitted Indebtedness" means:

                           (a)      Indebtedness of Borrower in favor of Lenders
or Servicing  Agent (but not SVB or Comerica  individually  in its capacity as a
lender) arising under this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

                           (b)      Indebtedness existing  on the  Closing  Date
and disclosed in the Schedule;

                           (c)      Subordinated Debt;

                           (d)      Indebtedness to trade  creditors incurred in
the ordinary course of business;

                           (e)      Indebtedness secured by Permitted Liens;

                           (f)      Capital lease  obligations  incurred  in the
ordinary  course of business  not to exceed  Three  Million  and No/100  Dollars
($3,000,000.00) in the aggregate for each fiscal year of Borrower  (inclusive of
any sale-leaseback leases permitted under Section 7.1 hereof);

                           (g)      Operating lease  obligations incurred in the
ordinary  course of business not to exceed (i) Three Million and No/100  Dollars
($3,000,000.00) in the aggregate for Borrower's fiscal quarters ending April 30,
1999 and July 31,  1999;  (ii) Six  Million  and No/100  ($6,000,000.00)  in the
aggregate  for  Borrower's  fiscal  year  ending  July 31,  2000 and (iii) Three
Million  and No/100  ($3,000,000.00)  in the  aggregate  for  Borrower's  fiscal
quarters ending October 31, 2000 and January 31, 2001;

                           (h)      Research and development funding advanced by
third parties not to exceed Five Million and No/100 Dollars  ($5,000,000.00)  in
the aggregate incurred after the date of this Agreement;

                           (i)      Letters  of  credit  issued  in the ordinary
course of  Borrower's  business by any  financial  institution  (in  addition to
Letters of Credit issued under the terms of Section 2.1.2 of this Agreement) for
the account of Borrower not to exceed Five Hundred  Thousand and No/100  Dollars
($500,000.00) in the aggregate outstanding at any time; and


                                        8

<PAGE>



                           (j)      Extensions of  any of  items (a) through (i)
above,  provided  that with  respect to the items set forth in (b)  through  (i)
above,  the principal  amount  thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are
not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower.

                           "Permitted Investment" means:

                           (a)      Investments  existing  on  the  Closing Date
disclosed in the Schedule;

                           (b)      (i)  marketable direct obligations issued or
unconditionally  guaranteed  by the United States of America or any State or any
agency or instrumentality  thereof maturing within one (1) year from the date of
acquisition  thereof,  (ii) commercial paper maturing no more than two (2) years
from the date of  creation  thereof  and  currently  having the  highest  rating
obtainable  from  either  Standard & Poor's  Corporation  or  Moody's  Investors
Service, Inc., (iii) certificates of deposit maturing no more than two (2) years
from  the  date  of  investment  therein  issued  by SVB or  Comerica  and  (iv)
Investments   consistent  with  Borrower's   January  18,  1996  Cash  Portfolio
Investment Policy;

                           (c)      Investments by Borrower in any Subsidiary of
Borrower permitted under Section 7.13 hereof; and

                           (d)      Other Investments  not otherwise  prohibited
herein  aggregating  in excess of not more than One Million  and No/100  Dollars
($1,000,000.00) at any one time.

                           "Permitted Liens" means the following:

                           (a)      Any Liens existing  on the  Closing Date and
disclosed  in the  Schedule or arising  under this  Agreement  or the other Loan
Documents;

                           (b)      Liens for taxes,  fees, assessments or other
governmental charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good
faith  by  appropriate  proceedings  and  as  to  which  adequate  reserves  are
maintained on Borrower's Books in accordance with GAAP;

                           (c)      Liens incidental to  the conduct of business
or  the  ownership  of  properties  and  assets  (including  warehousemen's  and
attorneys' liens and statutory landlords' liens) and deposits,  pledges or Liens
to secure the  performance  of bids,  tenders or trade  contracts,  or to secure
statutory  obligations,  surety or appeal  bonds or other Liens of like  general
nature  incurred in the ordinary  course of business and not in connection  with
the borrowing of money;  provided in each case,  the  obligation  secured is not
overdue  or, if overdue,  (i) is being  contested  in good faith by  appropriate
actions or proceedings,  (ii) adequate reserves therefor have been set-up on the
financial  statements of Borrower in  accordance  with GAAP and (iii) such Liens
shall not cause  interference in any material  respect with the ordinary conduct
of the business of Borrower;

                           (d)      Liens securing  capital  lease  obligations;
provided,  that (i) the Indebtedness  secured by any such Lien is incurred under
clause (f) of the  definition of Permitted  Indebtedness  and (ii) any such Lien
encumbers only those assets so leased;


                                        9

<PAGE>



                           (e)      Liens securing operating  lease obligations;
provided,  that (i) the Indebtedness  secured by any such Lien is incurred under
clause (g) of the  definition of Permitted  Indebtedness  and (ii) any such Lien
encumbers only those assets so leased; and

                           (f)      Liens incurred in connection with the exten-
sion,  renewal or refinancing of the  Indebtedness  secured by Liens of the type
described in clauses (a) through (e) above, provided that any extension, renewal
or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property  encumbered by the existing
Lien and the principal  amount of the  Indebtedness  being extended,  renewed or
refinanced does not increase.

                           "Person" means  any individual,  sole proprietorship,
partnership,  limited liability company,  joint venture,  trust,  unincorporated
organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation,
firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or governmental agency.

                           "Plan" shall  mean any  plan subject  to Title  IV of
ERISA  and  maintained  for  employees  of the  Borrower  or of any  member of a
"controlled  group of  corporations,"  as such term is defined  in the Code,  of
which  the  Borrower,  any of its  Subsidiaries  or any ERISA  Affiliate  it may
acquire from time to time is a part, or any such plan to which the Borrower, any
of its  Subsidiaries  or any ERISA Affiliate is required to contribute on behalf
of its employees.

                           "Prime Rate" means the variable rate of interest, per
annum, quoted in The Wall Street Journal, under the section "Money Rates" as the
"Prime Rate",  which rate may not be the lowest,  best or most favorable rate of
interest  which SVB,  Comerica,  or any other  Lender may charge on loans to its
customers.  In the event  that  more  than one prime  rate is quoted in The Wall
Street Journal, the highest quoted prime rate will be used as the Prime Rate. If
The Wall Street Journal ceases publication or if it ceases quoting or publishing
the  "prime  rate",  Servicing  Agent on behalf  of  Lenders  will  choose a new
reference  or index  which is based  upon  comparable  information  (that is, an
average of leading money center banks' prime rates).

                           "Quick Assets" means, as  of any applicable date, the
consolidated cash, cash equivalents, accounts receivable net of contras and GAAP
required reserves,  and Permitted  Investments with maturities not to exceed one
(1) year, of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, all as determined in accordance with
GAAP.

                           "Reportable Event"  shall mean  a Reportable Event as
defined in Section 4043(b) of ERISA.

                           "Requisite Lenders" means,  at any time, Lenders then
holding  at  least  sixty-six  and  two-thirds  percent  (66  2/3%)  of the then
aggregate  unpaid  principal  amount of all Advances then  outstanding or, if no
Advances  are then  outstanding,  Lenders  then  having at least  sixty-six  and
two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the aggregate Commitments; provided, that in the
event there shall be only two Lenders, both of such Lenders.

                           "Responsible Officer"  means each of the Chief Execu-
tive Officer,  the Chief Operating Officer,  the Chief Financial Officer and the
Treasurer of Borrower.


                                       10

<PAGE>



                           "Revolving Maturity Date" means May 4, 2001.

                           "Schedule" means the  schedule of exceptions attached
hereto, if any.

                           "Servicing Agent"  means SVB,  not in  its individual
capacity,  but  solely in its  capacity  as agent  for  certain  loan  servicing
functions as detailed herein,  on behalf of and for the benefit of Lenders,  and
any successor agent as provided herein from time to time.

                           "Subordinated  Debt"  means   any  debt  incurred  by
Borrower  that is  subordinated  to the debt owing by  Borrower  to Lenders  and
Servicing  Agent on terms  acceptable to Requisite  Lenders and Servicing  Agent
(and identified as being such by Borrower and the Requisite Lenders).

                           "Subsidiary" means  with respect  to any  Person, any
corporation,  partnership,  company,  association,  joint venture,  or any other
business  entity of which more than fifty  percent  (50%) of the voting stock or
other equity interests is owned or controlled,  directly or indirectly,  by such
Person or one or more Affiliates of such Person.

                           "Tangible Net Worth" means as of any applicable date,
the consolidated  total assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries  minus,  without
duplication,  (i) the  sum of any  amounts  attributable  to (a)  goodwill,  (b)
intangible items such as unamortized debt discount and expense,  patents,  trade
and service marks and names,  copyrights and research and development  expenses,
except prepaid expenses,  and (c) all reserves not already deducted from assets,
and (ii) Total Liabilities.

                           "Total Liabilities" means  as of any applicable date,
any date as of which the amount  thereof shall be  determined,  all  obligations
that should,  in  accordance  with GAAP, be  classified  as  liabilities  on the
consolidated balance sheet of Borrower,  but specifically excluding Subordinated
Debt.

                           "Trademarks"  means  any  trademark  and  servicemark
rights of Borrower,  whether  registered  or not,  applications  to register and
registrations of the same and like  protections,  and the entire goodwill of the
business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

                  1.2  Accounting  and Other  Terms.  All  accounting  terms not
specifically  defined herein shall be construed in accordance  with GAAP and all
calculations and determinations  made hereunder shall be made in accordance with
GAAP. When used herein, the term "financial  statements" shall include the notes
and schedules thereto. The terms "including" and "includes" shall always be read
as meaning "including (or includes) without limitation",  when used herein or in
any other Loan Document.

         2.       LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

                  2.1 Credit  Extensions.  In accordance  with the terms hereof,
Borrower  promises to pay to Servicing Agent for the account of each Lender,  in
lawful money of the United States of

                                       11

<PAGE>



America,  the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Credit Extensions made by
Servicing  Agent and  Lenders to  Borrower  hereunder.  Borrower  shall also pay
interest on the unpaid  principal  amount of such Advances at rates and at times
in accordance with the terms hereof.

                           2.1.1    Advances. (a)  Subject to and upon the terms
and conditions of this Agreement,  and in reliance upon the  representations and
warranties of Borrower set forth herein,  each Lender  severally  agrees to make
its  Commitment  Percentage  of  Advances  to  Borrower up to the amount of such
Lender's respective  Commitment;  provided that the aggregate outstanding amount
of all Advances shall not exceed at any one time (i) the lesser of the Committed
Revolving Line and the Borrowing Base, minus (ii) the then outstanding principal
balance of all Credit  Extensions.  Subject to the terms and  conditions of this
Agreement,  amounts  borrowed  pursuant to this Section  2.1.1 may be repaid and
reborrowed at any time during the term of this Agreement.

                                    (b)  The  Committed  Revolving   Line  shall
terminate on the Revolving  Maturity Date, at which time all Advances under this
Section 2.1.1 and other amounts due under this  Agreement  shall be  immediately
due and payable.

                                    (c)  To  evidence   the  Credit  Extensions,
Borrower shall execute and deliver to each Lender a note  ("Revolving  Note") in
the original principal amount of such Lender's respective Commitment in the form
of Exhibit E attached hereto.

                           2.1.2    Letters of Credit.

                                    (a)     Subject to the  terms and conditions
of this  Agreement,  from the date hereof  through the Business Day  immediately
prior to the  Revolving  Maturity  Date,  Lenders  agree to issue or cause to be
issued Letters of Credit for the account of Borrower in an aggregate outstanding
face amount not to exceed (i) the lesser of the Committed Revolving Line and the
Borrowing Base minus (ii) the then outstanding  principal  balance of all Credit
Extensions;  provided that the face amount of all outstanding  Letters of Credit
(including  drawn but  unreimbursed  Letters  of Credit and any Letter of Credit
Reserve)  shall  not in  any  event  exceed  Five  Million  and  No/100  Dollars
($5,000,000.00)  in the aggregate at any time.  For purposes of this  Agreement,
the amount outstanding under a Letter of Credit shall include the face amount of
such  Letter of Credit,  whether  such Letter of Credit is issued but undrawn or
drawn but unreimbursed,  and any Letter of Credit Reserve relating thereto. Each
Letter of Credit shall have an expiry date no later than the Revolving  Maturity
Date. All Letters of Credit shall be, in form and  substance,  acceptable to the
Lender issuing the Letter of Credit (the "Issuing Lender") and the other Lenders
and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Issuing Lender's form of
standard  application and Letter of Credit  agreement,  which shall provide,  in
addition to an administrative  fee of not more than one-sixteenth of one percent
(0.0625%) of the face amount of the Letter of Credit  payable to Issuing  Lender
only,  for a Letter of Credit fee of not more than  four-tenths  of one  percent
(0.40%) of the face amount of the Letter of Credit  payable to Servicing  Agent,
on behalf of the Issuing Lender and the other  Lenders,  as more fully set forth
in such Letter of Credit  Agreement.  Each  Lender  agrees  that,  in paying any
drawing  under a  Letter  of  Credit,  the  Issuing  Lender  shall  not have any
responsibility  to  obtain  any  document  (other  than any  document  expressly
required by the Letter of Credit) or to  ascertain or inquire as to the validity
or accuracy of any such  document or the  authority  of the Person  executing or
delivering  any  such  document.  NEITHER  THE  ISSUING  LENDER  NOR  ANY OF ITS
AFFILIATES,

                                       12

<PAGE>



CORRESPONDENTS, PARTICIPANTS OR ASSIGNEES, NOR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS,
DIRECTORS OR EMPLOYEES, SHALL BE LIABLE TO ANY OTHER LENDER FOR ANY ACTION TAKEN
OR  OMITTED  TO BE TAKEN  UNLESS  SUCH  ACTION  OR  OMISSION  CONSTITUTES  GROSS
NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.

                                    (b)     The obligation of Borrower to immed-
iately  reimburse  the Issuing  Lender for drawings made under Letters of Credit
shall be  absolute,  unconditional  and  irrevocable,  and  shall  be  performed
strictly in accordance  with the terms of this  Agreement,  the Letter of Credit
agreement  and such  Letters  of  Credit,  under all  circumstances  whatsoever.
BORROWER SHALL  INDEMNIFY,  DEFEND,  PROTECT,  AND HOLD SERVICING AGENT AND EACH
LENDER HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL LOSS,  COST,  EXPENSE OR LIABILITY,  INCLUDING,
WITHOUT LIMITATION,  REASONABLE ATTORNEYS' FEES, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH ANY  LETTERS  OF  CREDIT,  OTHER  THAN  SUCH  LOSSES,  COSTS,  EXPENSES  OR
LIABILITIES  BASED  UPON OR  ARISING  OUT OF THE  GROSS  NEGLIGENCE  OR  WILLFUL
MISCONDUCT OF THE SERVICING AGENT OR SUCH LENDER.

                                    (c)     Borrower  may  request  that Issuing
Lender issue a Letter of Credit  payable in a currency  other than United States
Dollars.  If a demand for payment is made under any such  Letter of Credit,  the
Issuing  Lender shall notify  Lenders and Lenders  shall treat such demand as an
Advance to Borrower of the equivalent of the amount thereof (plus cable charges)
in United  States  currency at the then  prevailing  rate of exchange in Austin,
Texas for sales of that other  currency  for cable  transfer  to the  country of
which it is the currency.

                                    (d)     Upon the issuance  by any  Lender of
any Letter of Credit  payable in a currency  other than United  States  Dollars,
such  Lender  shall  create a reserve  under the  Committed  Revolving  Line for
Letters of Credit ("Letter of Credit Reserve") against  fluctuations in currency
exchange  rates,  in an amount equal to ten percent  (10%) of the face amount of
such Letter of Credit.  The amount of such reserve may be amended by Lender from
time to time to account for  fluctuations in the exchange rate. The availability
of funds under the  Committed  Revolving  Line shall be reduced by the amount of
such reserve for so long as such Letter of Credit remains outstanding.

                                    (e)     Simultaneously   with   any  Issuing
Lender's  issuance  and delivery of any Letter of Credit,  such  Issuing  Lender
shall be deemed,  without further action, to have sold to each other Lender, and
such other Lender shall be deemed,  without  further action by any party hereto,
to have purchased from such Issuing  Lender,  a  participation  interest  (which
participation  shall be nonrecourse to such Issuing  Lender) equal to such other
Lender's Commitment  Percentage at such time in such Letter of Credit and all of
the Obligations related to such Letter of Credit;  provided, that no such Lender
shall be  obligated  to  participate  in a  particular  Letter of Credit if such
Letter  of  Credit  was  issued or  honored  solely as a result of such  Issuing
Lender's gross negligence or willful  misconduct.  Each Lender  acknowledges and
agrees that its obligation to acquire  participations  in each Letter of Credit,
as well as its  obligation to make the payments  specified in this Section 2.1.2
and the right of such Issuing Lender to receive the same in the manner specified
herein,  are  absolute  and  unconditional  and  shall  not be  affected  by any
circumstances  whatsoever,  including  without  limitation,  the  occurrence and
continuance of an Event of Default  hereunder,  and that each such payment shall
be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.


                                       13

<PAGE>



                                    (f)     The  applicable Issuing Lender shall
review,  on behalf of the  Lenders,  each draft and any  accompanying  documents
presented under a Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Lender. Promptly after
it  shall  have  ascertained  that  any  draft  and any  accompanying  documents
presented  under such Letter of Credit  appear on their face to be in conformity
with the terms and  conditions  of such Letter of Credit,  such  Issuing  Lender
shall make the appropriate  payment to the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit.
Such Issuing Lender shall give telephonic or facsimile  notice to the Lenders of
the receipt and amount of any draft presented under any Letter of Credit and the
date on which payment  thereon will be made, and each of the Lenders  shall,  by
2:00 p.m.  Central Time on the date such payment is to be made under such Letter
of Credit, pay to such Issuing Lender in immediately  available funds, an amount
equal to the product of (A) such Lender's  Commitment  Percentage  times (B) the
amount of such payment to be made by the Issuing Lender to the beneficiary under
such  Letter of Credit.  Any  Lender  failing to timely  deliver  its  requisite
portion of any such payment shall deliver the same to the Issuing Lender as soon
as possible thereafter,  together with interest on such amount for each day from
the due date for such  payment  to the date of  payment  by such  Lender  to the
Issuing  Lender of such  amount  at a rate of  interest  per annum  equal to the
Federal Funds Effective Rate for such period.  Each Lender hereby absolutely and
unconditionally  assumes,  as primary obligor and not as a surety, and agrees to
pay and discharge,  and to indemnify and hold the Issuing  Lender  harmless from
liability  and respect of, such  Lender's pro rata share (based on such Lender's
Commitment Percentage) of any amounts owing by such Lender to the Issuing Lender
in accordance with the immediately  preceding sentence.  Nothing herein shall be
deemed  to  require  any  Lender  to pay to the  Issuing  Lender  any  amount as
reimbursement  for any payment made by the Issuing Lender to acquire  (discount)
for its own account  prior to maturity  thereof any  acceptance  created under a
Letter of Credit.

                  2.1.3 Foreign Exchange Contract; Foreign Exchange Settlements.

                                    (a)     Subject to the  terms of this Agree-
ment,  Borrower may enter into foreign exchange contracts with any Lender not to
exceed in any event Ten  Million  and  No/100  Dollars  ($10,000,000.00)  in the
aggregate at any time  ("Contract  Limit"),  pursuant to which such Lender shall
sell to or purchase  from  Borrower  foreign  currency on a spot or future basis
("Exchange Contracts"). Borrower shall not request any Exchange Contracts at any
time it is out of compliance with any of the provisions of this  Agreement.  All
Exchange  Contracts  must  provide for delivery of  settlement  on or before the
Revolving Maturity Date. The amount available under the Committed Revolving Line
at any  time  shall be  reduced  by the  following  amounts  ("Foreign  Exchange
Reserve") on any given day (the  "Determination  Date"):  (i) on all outstanding
Exchange  Contracts on which  delivery is to be effected or  settlement  allowed
more than two Business Days after the  Determination  Date, ten percent (10%) of
the  gross  amount  of the  Exchange  Contracts;  plus  (ii) on all  outstanding
Exchange  Contracts on which  delivery is to be effected or  settlement  allowed
within two  Business  Days after the  Determination  Date,  one hundred  percent
(100%) of the gross amount of the Exchange Contracts.

                                    (b)     Any Lender  may, in  its discretion,
terminate the Exchange Contracts at any time (i) that an Event of Default occurs
and is continuing or (ii) that there is not  sufficient  availability  under the
Committed  Revolving Line and Borrower does not have available funds in its bank
account to satisfy the Foreign Exchange  Reserve.  If any Lender  terminates the
Exchange  Contracts,  and  without  limitation  of any  applicable  indemnities,
Borrower agrees to

                                       14

<PAGE>



reimburse each Lender for any and all fees, costs and expenses  relating thereto
or arising in connection therewith.

                                    (c)     Borrower shall not  permit the total
gross amount of all Exchange  Contracts on which  delivery is to be effected and
settlement  allowed on any one (1)  Business Day to be more than Two Million and
No/100 Dollars  ($2,000,000.00)  ("Settlement  Limit") nor shall Borrower permit
the total gross amount of all Exchange  Contracts to which  Borrower is a party,
outstanding  at any one time, to exceed the lesser of the (i) Contract Limit and
(ii) lesser of (A) the Committed  Revolving  Line minus all  outstanding  Credit
Extensions and (B) the Borrowing Base minus all outstanding  Credit  Extensions.
Notwithstanding the above,  however,  the amount which may be settled on any one
(1) Business Day may be increased  above the  Settlement  Limit up to, but in no
event to exceed,  the amount of the Contract Limit under either of the following
circumstances:

                  (i) if there is  sufficient  availability  under the Committed
         Revolving Line in the amount of the Foreign Exchange Reserve as of each
         Determination  Date,  provided  that  Servicing  Agent and  Lenders  in
         advance shall reserve the full amount of the Foreign  Exchange  Reserve
         against the Committed Revolving Line; or

                  (ii) if there is insufficient availability under the Committed
         Revolving Line, as to settlements on any one (1) Business Day, provided
         that Servicing Agent and Lenders,  in their sole  discretion,  may: (A)
         verify  good  funds  overseas  prior to  crediting  Borrower's  deposit
         account with the applicable  Lender (in the case of Borrower's  sale of
         foreign  currency);  or (B) debit  Borrower's  deposit account with the
         applicable Lender prior to delivering foreign currency overseas (in the
         case of Borrower's purchase of foreign currency).

                                    (d)    In the case of Borrower's purchase of
foreign  currency,  Borrower in advance shall  instruct  Servicing  Agent or the
applicable  Lender upon settlement  either to treat the settlement  amount as an
Advance under the Committed  Revolving Line, or to debit Borrower's  account for
the amount settled.

                                    (e)     Borrower shall  execute all standard
form applications and agreements of the applicable Lender in connection with the
Exchange  Contracts and, without limiting any of the terms of such  applications
and  agreements,  Borrower  will  pay  all  standard  fees  and  charges  of the
applicable Lender in connection with the Exchange Contracts.

                                    (f)     WITHOUT  LIMITING  ANY  OF THE OTHER
TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY SUCH STANDARD FORM  APPLICATIONS AND AGREEMENT OF
LENDERS OR SERVICING AGENT,  BORROWER AGREES TO INDEMNIFY  LENDERS AND SERVICING
AGENT  AND HOLD THEM  HARMLESS,  FROM AND  AGAINST  ANY AND ALL  CLAIMS,  DEBTS,
LIABILITIES,  DEMANDS,  OBLIGATIONS,  ACTIONS,  COSTS AND  EXPENSES  (INCLUDING,
WITHOUT  LIMITATION,  ATTORNEYS' FEES OF COUNSEL OF LENDERS'  CHOICE),  OF EVERY
NATURE AND DESCRIPTION  WHICH IT MAY SUSTAIN OR INCUR,  BASED UPON,  ARISING OUT
OF, OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO ANY OF THE EXCHANGE  CONTRACTS OR ANY TRANSACTIONS
RELATING THERETO OR CONTEMPLATED THEREBY OTHER THAN SUCH LOSSES, COSTS, EXPENSES
OR LIABILITIES BASED

                                       15

<PAGE>



UPON OR  ARISING  OUT OF THE  GROSS  NEGLIGENCE  OR  WILLFUL  MISCONDUCT  OF THE
SERVICING AGENT OR SUCH LENDER.

                                    (g)     Simultaneously  with   any  Lender's
entering into with Borrower any Exchange Contract  ("Applicable  Lender"),  such
Applicable Lender shall be deemed,  without further action, to have sold to each
other Lender, and each such other Lender shall be deemed, without further action
by  any  party  hereto,   to  have  purchased  from  such   Applicable   Lender,
participation  interest  (which  participation  shall  be  nonrecourse  to  such
Applicable  Lender) equal to such other Lender's  Commitment  Percentage at such
time in  such  Exchange  Contract  and all of the  Obligations  related  to such
Exchange  Contract;  provided,  that  no  such  Lender  shall  be  obligated  to
participate  in a particular  Exchange  Contract if such  Exchange  Contract was
issued  or  honored  solely  as a  result  of  such  Applicable  Lender's  gross
negligence or willful  misconduct.  Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its
obligation to acquire  participations in each Exchange Contract,  as well as its
obligation to make the payments specified in this Section 2.1.3 and the right of
such Applicable Lender to receive the same in the manner specified  herein,  are
absolute  and  unconditional  and shall  not be  affected  by any  circumstances
whatsoever,  including without limitation,  the occurrence and continuance of an
Event of Default hereunder, and that each such payment shall be made without any
offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

                                    (h)     The  Applicable Lender  with respect
to any Exchange Contract shall review,  on behalf of the Lenders,  all documents
presented under such Exchange Contract. Promptly after it shall have ascertained
that all accompanying documents presented under such Exchange Contract appear on
their face to be in  conformity  with the terms and  conditions of such Exchange
Contract,  such  Applicable  Lender  shall effect  delivery or allow  settlement
thereof. Such Applicable Lender shall give telephonic or facsimile notice to the
Lenders  of the  amount  and the date on which  delivery  is to be  effected  or
settlement allowed,  and each of the Lenders shall, by 2:00 p.m. Central Time on
the date such  delivery  is to be  effected  or  settlement  allowed  under such
Exchange  Contract,  pay in immediately  available funds, an amount equal to the
product of (A) such Lender's Commitment  Percentage times (B) the amount of such
payment to be made by the Applicable  Lender under such Exchange  Contract.  Any
Lender failing to timely deliver its requisite portion of any such payment shall
deliver  the  same to the  Applicable  Lender  as soon as  possible  thereafter,
together  with  interest  on such amount for each day from the due date for such
payment to the date of payment by such Lender to the  Applicable  Lender of such
amount at a rate of interest per annum equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate
for such period. Each Lender hereby absolutely and  unconditionally  assumes, as
primary  obligor and not as a surety,  and agrees to pay and  discharge,  and to
indemnify and hold the Applicable Lender harmless from liability and respect of,
such Lender's pro rata share (based on such Lender's  Commitment  Percentage) of
any amounts owing by such Lender to the Applicable Lender in accordance with the
immediately preceding sentence.

                  2.2  Overadvances.  If,  at any  time or for any  reason,  the
amount of  Obligations  owed by Borrower  pursuant to Section  2.1.1,  2.1.2 and
2.1.3  of this  Agreement  is  greater  than  the  lesser  of (i) the  Committed
Revolving Line and (ii) the Borrowing  Base,  Borrower shall  immediately pay to
Servicing Agent, in cash, for the ratable benefit of Lenders, the amount of such
excess.



                                       16

<PAGE>

                  2.3      Interest Rates, Payments, and Calculations.

                           (a)      LIBOR Option/Interest  Rate.  Except  as set
forth in  Section  2.3(b),  any and all  Advances  shall bear  interest,  on the
average  daily  balance  thereof,  at a per annum rate  equal to, at  Borrower's
option and subject to the terms  hereof,  the Prime Rate plus  one-half  percent
(0.5%) or the rate specified in the LIBOR Supplement.

                           (b)      Default Rate.  All  Obligations  shall  bear
interest, from and after the occurrence, and during the continuance, of an Event
of Default,  at the "Default  Interest Rate." The Default Interest Rate shall be
the interest rate applicable immediately prior to the occurrence of the Event of
Default  plus five (5)  percentage  points but in no event more than the Maximum
Lawful Rate or at a rate that would  cause the total  interest  contracted  for,
charged or received by any Lender to exceed the Maximum Lawful Amount.

                           (c)      Payments.  Interest  hereunder  shall be due
and  payable  on each  Payment  Date.  Any  interest  not paid when due shall be
compounded  by  becoming  a part of the  Obligations,  and such  interest  shall
thereafter accrue interest at the rate then applicable hereunder.

                           (d)      Computation.

                                    (i)    Changes.  In the event the Prime Rate
is  changed  from  time to  time  hereafter,  the  applicable  rate of  interest
hereunder shall be increased or decreased  effective as of 12:01 a.m. on the day
the Prime Rate is changed, by an amount equal to such change in the Prime Rate.

                                    (ii)    Spreading of  Interest.  Because  of
the  possibility of irregular  periodic  balances of principal,  the fluctuating
nature of the interest rate, or premature payment,  the total interest that will
accrue under this  Agreement  cannot be  determined  in advance.  Lenders do not
intend to contract for,  charge or receive more than the Maximum  Lawful Rate or
Maximum  Lawful  Amount  permitted  by  applicable  state or federal law, and to
prevent such an occurrence  Lenders and Servicing  Agent and Borrower agree that
all amounts of interest, whenever contracted for, charged or received by Lenders
or  Servicing  Agent,  with  respect to the loan of money  evidenced by the Loan
Documents,  shall be spread,  prorated or allocated over the full period of time
the  Obligations  are unpaid,  including  the period of any renewal or extension
thereof.  If the  maturity  of the  Obligations  is  accelerated  for any reason
whether as a result of a lawsuit or an Event of  Default or  otherwise  prior to
the full stated term, the total amount of interest  contracted  for,  charged or
received to the time of such demand shall be spread, prorated or allocated along
with any  interest  thereafter  accruing  over the full  period of time that the
Obligations  thereafter  remain  unpaid for the purpose of  determining  if such
interest exceeds the Maximum Lawful Amount.

                                    (iii)   Excess   Interest.     At   maturity
(whether  by  acceleration  or  otherwise)  or on earlier  final  payment of the
Obligations,  each Lender shall  compute the total  amount of interest  that has
been contracted  for,  charged or received by such Lender or payable by Borrower
hereunder  to such Lender and compare such amount to the Maximum  Lawful  Amount
that could have been contracted for, charged or received by such Lender. If such
computation  reflects that the total amount of interest that has been contracted
for,  charged or  received  by such Lender or payable by Borrower to such Lender
exceeds the Maximum Lawful  Amount,  then such Lender shall apply such excess to
the  reduction of the  principal  balance  owing to it and not to the payment of
interest;

                                       17

<PAGE>



or if such excess interest  exceeds the unpaid  principal  balance owing to such
Lender, such excess shall be refunded to Borrower. This provision concerning the
crediting or refund of excess  interest shall control and take  precedence  over
all other agreements between Borrower and Lenders so that under no circumstances
shall the total  interest  contracted  for,  charged or  received  by any Lender
exceed the Maximum Lawful Amount.

                                    (iv)    Daily Computation  of Interest.   To
the extent  permitted by applicable  law, the Lenders at their option may either
(i) calculate the per diem interest rate or amount based on the actual number of
days in the year  (365 or 366,  as the case may be),  and  charge  that per diem
interest  rate or amount each day, or (ii)  calculate the per diem interest rate
or amount as if each year has only 360 days,  and charge that per diem  interest
rate or amount each day for the actual number of days of the year (365 or 366 as
the case may be). If the Loan Documents call for monthly  payments,  the Lenders
at their option may determine the payment  amount based on the  assumption  that
each  year has only 360 days  and  each  month  has 30 days.  In no event  shall
Lenders  compute the  interest in a manner that would cause  Lenders to contract
for, charge or receive interest that would exceed the Maximum Lawful Rate or the
Maximum  Lawful  Amount.  The  foregoing  notwithstanding,   all  Lenders  shall
calculate  per diem  interest in the same  manner at all times,  and in no event
shall the method of daily  computation  of interest vary between or among any of
the Lenders.

                                    (v)     Revolving  Loan  Accounts  and Usury
Ceiling.  In  no  event  shall  Chapter  346  of  the  Texas  Finance  Code,  as
supplemented  by the Texas Credit Code ("Texas  Finance Code") (which  regulates
certain revolving loan accounts and revolving  tri-party accounts) apply to this
Agreement  or  Borrower's  payment  obligations  hereunder.  To the extent  that
Chapter 303 of the Texas Finance Code,  is  applicable  to this  Agreement,  the
"weekly  ceiling"  specified  in such  Chapter  303 is the  applicable  ceiling;
provided  that,  if  any  applicable  law  permits  greater  interest,  the  law
permitting the greatest interest shall apply.

                           (e)      Borrowing Procedures.

                                    (i) Whenever Borrower  desires  an  Advance,
Borrower will notify  Servicing Agent by facsimile  transmission or telephone no
later than 1:00 p.m.  Central time, one (1) Business Day before the Business Day
on which a Prime Rate  Advance is to be made and 2:00 p.m.  Central  Time on the
Business Day that is three (3)  Business  Days prior to the Business Day a LIBOR
rate Advance is to be made.  Servicing Agent shall promptly  deliver such notice
to the Lenders,  and each Lender shall make its applicable  Advance available on
the proposed date thereof by paying such amount in immediately  available  funds
not later than 2:00 p.m.  Central Time to Servicing Agent. Any Lender failing to
timely deliver its requisite  portion of any such payment shall deliver the same
to Servicing  Agent as soon as possible  thereafter,  together  with interest on
such  amount  for each day  from  the due date for such  payment  to the date of
payment by such Lender to  Servicing  Agent of such amount at a rate of interest
per annum equal to the Federal Funds  Effective Rate for such period.  Each such
notification by Borrower shall be promptly  confirmed by a Payment/Advance  Form
in  substantially  the form of Exhibit B hereto or a LIBOR rate  Advance Form as
attached to the LIBOR Supplement. Servicing Agent is authorized to make Advances
under this  Agreement  or under the LIBOR  Supplement,  based upon  instructions
received from a Responsible  Officer or a designee of a Responsible  Officer, or
without  instructions  if in  Servicing  Agent's  discretion  such  Advances are
necessary to meet Obligations which have become due and remain unpaid. Servicing
Agent and

                                       18

<PAGE>



Lenders  shall be entitled to rely on any  telephonic  notice  given by a person
whom Servicing Agent or Lenders reasonably  believe to be a Responsible  Officer
or a designee thereof, and BORROWER SHALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD SERVICING AGENT AND
THE LENDERS  HARMLESS FROM AND AGAINST ANY DAMAGES OR LOSS SUFFERED BY SERVICING
AGENT OR EITHER  LENDER AS A RESULT OF SUCH  RELIANCE  OTHER  THAN SUCH  LOSSES,
COSTS, EXPENSES OR LIABILITIES BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE
OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF THE SERVICING AGENT OR SUCH LENDER.

                                    (ii)    Whenever   Borrower    desires   the
issuance  of a Letter of Credit,  Borrower  will notify the  applicable  Issuing
Lender (and the Servicing  Agent,  if the Servicing  Agent is not the applicable
Issuing Lender) by facsimile  transmission no later than 1:00 p.m. Central time,
five (5) Business  Days before the Business Day on which the Letter of Credit is
to be issued.  The applicable  Issuing Lender shall promptly deliver such notice
to the other Lenders and shall promptly  confirm to the other Lenders the actual
issuance of such requested Letter of Credit once issued.

                  2.4 Crediting Payments. Prior to the occurrence of an Event of
Default,  Servicing Agent shall credit a wire transfer of funds,  check or other
item of payment  paid by Borrower to Servicing  Agent,  when  received,  to such
deposit account or Obligation as Borrower specifies.  After the occurrence,  and
during the continuance,  of an Event of Default,  the receipt by Servicing Agent
of any wire transfer of funds, check, or other item of payment, whether directed
to Borrower's  deposit  account with  Servicing  Agent or to the  Obligations or
otherwise, shall be immediately applied to conditionally reduce Obligations, but
shall not be  considered  a payment in respect of the  Obligations  unless  such
payment is of immediately available federal funds or unless and until such check
or other item of payment is honored when presented for payment.  Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained herein, any wire transfer or payment received
by  Servicing  Agent after 2:00 p.m.  Central  time shall be deemed to have been
received by  Servicing  Agent as of the  opening of business on the  immediately
following  Business Day.  Whenever any payment to Servicing Agent under the Loan
Documents  would otherwise be due (except by reason of  acceleration)  on a date
that is not a  Business  Day,  such  payment  shall  instead  be due on the next
Business Day, and additional fees or interest,  as the case may be, shall accrue
and be payable for the period of such extension.

                  2.5      Fees.  Borrower shall  pay  to  Servicing  Agent  the
following:

                           (a)      Facility Fee.

                  (i) A facility  fee equal to One Hundred  Thousand  and No/100
Dollars  ($100,000.00)  which fee shall be fully earned and  non-refundable  and
which  shall be  payable to  Servicing  Agent,  for the pro rata  benefit of the
Lenders based on their respective Commitment Percentage, in four equal quarterly
installments of Twenty-Five Thousand and No/100 Dollars  ($25,000.00)  beginning
on the date hereof and on August 5, 1999, November 5, 1999 and May 5, 2000.

                   (ii)  On the  last  day of each  February,  May,  August  and
November during the term through the Revolving  Maturity Date, as well as on the
Revolving  Maturity  Date, a fee equal to .375% of the Committed  Revolving Line
(based on actual days elapsed in a 360 day year) minus the average daily balance
of all outstanding Advances for the preceding fiscal quarter (i.e., Borrower's

                                       19

<PAGE>



quarters ending in January,  April,  July, and October);  provided the amount of
such fee shall be decreased by One Thousand One Hundred  Twenty-Five  and No/100
Dollars  ($1,125.00) for the fiscal quarter ending April 30, 1999, July 31, 1999
and October 31, 1999 to properly reflect  Borrower's  current credit with SVB of
Three  Thousand  Three  Hundred  Seventy-Five  and No/100  Dollars  ($3,375.00).
Servicing  Agent shall  apportion  the foregoing  fees pro rata between  Lenders
based upon their respective  Commitment  Percentages,  and SVB's portion of such
fees shall be reduced by One Thousand One Hundred Twenty-Five and No/100 Dollars
($1,125.00) for the above  described  fiscal quarters to account for SVB's prior
receipt of the  foregoing  monies from  Borrower  and to insure that each Lender
receives it full .375% fee based on its respective Commitment Percentage.

                           (b)     Financial Examination and Appraisal Fees.  If
an Event of Default has  occurred  and is  continuing,  Borrower  shall pay each
Lender's  customary  fees and  out-of-pocket  expenses  for  Lenders'  audits of
Borrower's Accounts, and for each appraisal of Collateral and financial analysis
and  examination of Borrower  performed from time to time by Servicing  Agent or
its agents or any  Lender;  provided,  however,  that the fees for the  Lenders'
audits of  Borrower's  Accounts  prior to the  occurrence of an Event of Default
shall not exceed Two Thousand and No/100 Dollars  ($2,000.00)  per annum without
the prior approval of Borrower. Provided further, if no Event of Default exists,
(i) all  such  audits  conducted  by  Lenders  at  Borrower's  expense  shall be
performed by one (1) audit team and shall not be conducted  more often than once
each calendar year, and (ii) all such other audits  conducted by Servicing Agent
or any Lender at the  expense and cost of  Servicing  Agent or such  Lender,  as
applicable,  shall not be conducted more often than eleven (11) times during any
calendar  year.  Any  verification  of any of  Borrower's  Accounts  sent to any
account  debtor of Borrower while no Event of Default has occurred which is then
continuing shall be on a form which is reasonably acceptable to Borrower and the
Servicing Agent or the applicable Lender.

                           (c)     Lenders' Expenses. Upon demand from Servicing
Agent,  including,  without  limitation,  upon the  date  hereof,  all  Lenders'
Expenses incurred through the date hereof,  including reasonable attorneys' fees
and  expenses  (with  respect to audit  fees,  such fees shall be subject to the
limitation set forth in Section 2.5(b) above),  and, after the date hereof,  all
Lenders' Expenses,  including  reasonable  attorneys' fees and expenses,  as and
when they become due.

                  2.6 Additional Costs. In case any law,  regulation,  treaty or
official directive or the interpretation or application  thereof by any court or
any  governmental  authority  charged  with the  administration  thereof  or the
compliance  with  any  guideline  or  request  of  any  central  bank  or  other
governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law):

                           (a)     subjects Servicing Agent or any Lender to any
tax with  respect to payments  of  principal  or  interest or any other  amounts
payable  hereunder  by Borrower or otherwise  with  respect to the  transactions
contemplated  hereby  (except for taxes on the  overall net income of  Servicing
Agent or such Lender  imposed by the United  States of America or any  political
subdivision thereof);

                           (b)      imposes,  modifies  or  deems applicable any
deposit  insurance,  reserve,  special  deposit,  capital  adequacy  or  similar
requirement  against  assets  held by, or  deposits in or for the account of, or
loans by, Servicing Agent or any Lender; or


                                       20

<PAGE>



                           (c)      imposes upon  Servicing Agent  or any Lender
any other condition with respect to its performance under this Agreement,

and the result of any of the  foregoing  is to  increase  the cost to  Servicing
Agent or such  Lender,  reduce  the  income  receivable  by or rate of return on
capital of Servicing  Agent or such Lender or impose any expense upon  Servicing
Agent or such Lender with respect to the  Obligations,  Servicing  Agent or such
Lender shall notify Borrower thereof.  Borrower agrees to pay to Servicing Agent
or such Lender the amount of such increase in cost,  reduction in income or rate
of return on capital or additional  expense as and when such cost,  reduction or
expense is incurred or determined,  upon presentation by Servicing Agent or such
Lender of a statement of the amount and setting forth Servicing  Agent's or such
Lender's calculation thereof, all in reasonable detail, provided,  however, that
notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary,  (a) Borrower shall not be the
only  borrower  of such  Lender  subject  to this  type of  provision  which  is
requested to pay such amounts for the  applicable  period and (b) Borrower shall
not be liable for any such costs  incurred  by such Lender more than one hundred
eighty (180) days prior to the date of the applicable notice given hereunder.

                  2.7 Term. Except as otherwise set forth herein, this Agreement
shall become  effective on the Closing Date and,  subject to Section 14.6, shall
continue  in full force and effect for a term ending on the  Revolving  Maturity
Date.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  pursuant  to and subject to Section 9.1
below, Lenders shall have the right to terminate their obligation to make Credit
Extensions  under this Agreement  immediately upon the occurrence and during the
continuance  of an Event of Default with notice  thereof to  Borrower;  provided
however, if the Event of Default is an Insolvency  Default,  then the obligation
to make Credit  Extensions shall  automatically  terminate without notice of any
kind. Notwithstanding  termination of this Agreement,  Servicing Agent's Lien on
the  Collateral  shall  remain  in  effect  for so long as any  Obligations  are
outstanding.  Borrower shall have the right to terminate this Agreement  without
premium or penalty  with notice to Servicing  Agent if there are no  outstanding
Obligations,  which  Obligations  shall  include,  without  limitation,  and for
purposes of clarification, all four installment payments of the facility fee set
forth in Section 2.5(a)(i) above, owing to Servicing Agent or any Lender.

                  2.8      Pro Rata Treatment.

                           (a)      Except  to  the  extent  otherwise  provided
herein,  (i) each Credit Extension from the Lenders  hereunder shall be made and
each  payment of  Obligations  shall be made and  applied for the account of the
Lenders,  and each  termination  or reduction of the  Commitments of the Lenders
shall be applied,  pro rata,  according to each Lender's Commitment  Percentage;
(ii) each payment or  prepayment  by the Borrower of principal of or interest on
Advances shall be made to the Servicing Agent for the account of the Lenders pro
rata in accordance with the respective unpaid principal amounts of such Advances
held by the Lenders;  (iii) the Lenders  (other than the Issuing  Lender)  shall
purchase from the  applicable  Issuing Lender  participations  in the Letters of
Credit, to the extent of their respective Commitment  Percentage,  upon issuance
by an Issuing Lender of each Letter of Credit as otherwise  provided for herein;
and (iv) the Lenders (other than the Applicable  Lender) shall purchase from the
Applicable Lender  participations in the applicable  Exchange  Contracts entered
into by such Applicable  Lender,  to the extent of their  respective  Commitment
Percentage,  upon such Applicable  Lender entering into an Exchange  Contract as
otherwise provided for herein.

                                       21

<PAGE>



                           (b)      Unless the Servicing  Agent shall have  been
notified in writing by any Lender  prior to the date of a proposed  Advance that
such  Lender  will not make the  amount  that  would  constitute  such  Lender's
Commitment  Percentage  of such Advance on such date  available to the Servicing
Agent,  the  Servicing  Agent may assume  that such  Lender has made such amount
available to the Servicing  Agent on such date, and the Servicing  Agent may, in
reliance upon such  assumption  and subject to the terms and  conditions of this
Agreement,  make such amount  available to the Borrower.  Any Lender  failing to
timely  deliver its requisite  portion of such Advance shall deliver the same to
the Servicing  Agent as soon as possible  thereafter,  together with interest on
such  amount  for each day  from  the due date for such  payment  to the date of
payment  by such  Lender  to the  Servicing  Agent of such  amount  at a rate of
interest per annum equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such period. In
addition,  the Borrower  hereby agrees that upon demand by the Servicing  Agent,
the Borrower shall  reimburse the Servicing  Agent for any such amount which any
Lender  has  failed to timely  deliver  to the  Servicing  Agent,  but which the
Servicing Agent may have previously made available to the Borrower in accordance
with the other provisions of this Section 2.8(b).  If a requested  Advance shall
not  occur  on  any  date  specified  by  the  Borrower  as  set  forth  in  the
Payment/Advance  Form because all of the  conditions  for such Advance set forth
herein or in any of the  other  Loan  Documents  shall  have not been  met,  the
Servicing Agent shall return the amounts so received from the Lenders in respect
of such requested Advance to the applicable Lenders as soon as practicable.

                  2.9  Sharing  of  Payments,  etc.  Borrower  agrees  that,  in
addition to (and without  limitation of) any right of set-off,  bankers' lien or
counterclaim  a Lender may otherwise  have,  each Lender shall be entitled after
the  occurrence of an Event of Default which is  continuing,  at its option,  to
offset balances held by it for the account of the Borrower at any of its offices
against any principal of or interest on any of such Lender's  Obligations of the
Borrower  hereunder  which is not paid  when due  (regardless  of  whether  such
balances are then due to the Borrower),  in which case it shall promptly  notify
the Borrower and the  Servicing  Agent  thereof,  provided,  that such  Lender's
failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity  thereof.  If a Lender
shall obtain payment of any principal of or interest on any Obligation  then due
to such Lender hereunder, through the exercise of any right of set-off, banker's
lien,  counterclaim or similar right, or otherwise,  it shall promptly  purchase
from the other Lenders  participations in Obligations of the Borrower  hereunder
of the other Lenders in such amounts,  and make such other adjustments from time
to time as shall be  equitable  to the end that all the Lenders  shall share the
benefit of such  payment  (net of any  expenses  which may be  incurred  by such
Lender in obtaining or  preserving  such  benefit) pro rata in  accordance  with
their respective Commitment Percentage.  To such end, all the Lenders shall make
appropriate  adjustments among themselves (by the resale of participations  sold
or  otherwise)  if such  payment is  rescinded  or must  otherwise  be restored.
Borrower agrees, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so under applicable
law, that any Lender so purchasing a participation in the Obligations  hereunder
of the other  Lenders  may  exercise  all  rights  of  set-off,  bankers'  lien,
counterclaim or similar rights with respect to such participation as fully as if
such  Lender  were a direct  holder of said  Obligations  in the  amount of such
participation. Nothing contained herein shall require any Lender to exercise any
such right or shall affect the right of any Lender to  exercise,  and retain the
benefits of exercising, any such right with respect to any other indebtedness or
obligation of Borrower.



                                       22

<PAGE>

         3.       CONDITIONS OF LOANS

                  3.1  Conditions  Precedent to Initial  Credit  Extension.  The
obligation  of Lenders to make the initial  Credit  Extension  is subject to the
condition  precedent  that Lenders  shall have  received,  in form and substance
satisfactory to Lenders, the following:

                           (a)      this Agreement and  the Revolving Notes, all
duly executed by Borrower;

                           (b)      a certificate of  the Secretary of  Borrower
with  respect  to  certificate  of   incorporation,   by-laws,   incumbency  and
resolutions  authorizing  the execution  and delivery of this  Agreement and all
other Loan Documents to be executed by Borrower;

                           (c)      evidence reasonably  necessary to  confirm a
first priority perfected Lien (subject only to Permitted Liens) has been granted
by Borrower in favor of Servicing  Agent for the benefit of Lenders  against all
Collateral,  including,  without limitation, UCC-1 financing statements covering
the Collateral and in favor of Servicing  Agent on behalf of and for the benefit
of Lenders and UCC-3 termination statements or assignments in favor of Servicing
Agent on behalf of and for the benefit of the Lenders  from each Person that has
a security interest in the Collateral or any part thereof;

                           (d)      insurance certificate;

                           (e)      payment of  the fees  and Lenders'  Expenses
then due specified in Section 2.5 hereof;

                           (f)      Certificate  of  Foreign  Qualification  (if
applicable);

                           (g)      the Amended and Restated LIBOR Supplement;

                           (h)      an intellectual  property security agreement
covering the Intellectual Property; and

                           (i)      such other documents, and completion of such
other matters, as Lenders may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

                  3.2  Conditions  Precedent  to  all  Credit  Extensions.   The
obligation  of Lenders to make each  Credit  Extension,  including  the  initial
Credit Extension, is further subject to the following conditions:

                           (a)      timely receipt  by Servicing  Agent  of  the
Payment/Advance  Form or the LIBOR rate Advance Form as provided in Section 2.1,
if applicable;

                           (b)      satisfaction of  the  terms  and  conditions
contained in the LIBOR Supplement, if applicable;

                           (c)      the representations and warranties contained
in Section 5 shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the
date of such Payment/Advance Form or the

                                       23

<PAGE>



LIBOR rate Advance Form and on the  effective  date of each Credit  Extension as
though  made at and as of each such  date,  and no Event of  Default  shall have
occurred and be continuing, or would result from such Credit Extension; and

                           (d)     receipt by Servicing Agent of a subordination
of lien from each and every  Person who leases real  property to Borrower and at
which location Borrower now or hereafter maintains Inventory with a value of Two
Million Five Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($2,500,000.00) or greater (but
in any event at  Borrower's  locations  in  Austin,  Texas and King of  Prussia,
Pennsylvania),  or evidence satisfactory to Servicing Agent and Lenders in their
sole and absolute  discretion of the waiver of such  landlord's  liens from such
Person or Persons.

         The  making  of  each  Credit   Extension  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a
representation  and warranty by Borrower on the date of such Credit Extension as
to the accuracy of the facts referred to in Section 3.2(c).


         4.       CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

                  4.1 Grant of Security Interest. Borrower grants and pledges to
Servicing  Agent on  behalf  of and for the  benefit  of  Lenders  a  continuing
security  interest in all presently  existing and hereafter  acquired or arising
Collateral  and all proceeds  thereof,  in order to secure prompt payment of any
and all  Obligations  and in order to secure prompt  performance  by Borrower of
each of its covenants and duties under the Loan  Documents.  Except as set forth
in the Schedule,  such security  interest  constitutes a valid,  first  priority
security interest in the presently  existing  Collateral,  and will constitute a
valid,  first priority security  interest in Collateral  acquired after the date
hereof. Notwithstanding termination of this Agreement, Servicing Agent's Lien on
the  Collateral  shall  remain  in  effect  for so long as any  Obligations  are
outstanding.

                  4.2 Delivery of Additional  Documentation  Required.  Borrower
shall from time to time execute and deliver to Servicing  Agent,  at the request
of Servicing  Agent or any Lender,  all  Negotiable  Collateral,  all  financing
statements and other documents that Servicing Agent or any Lender may reasonably
request,  in form reasonably  satisfactory to Requisite Lenders,  to perfect and
continue perfected Servicing Agent's security interests in the Collateral and in
order to fully  consummate all of the transactions  contemplated  under the Loan
Documents.

                  4.3 Right to  Inspect.  Subject to the  provisions  of Section
2.5(b), including without limitation,  any limitation with respect to the number
of inspections or audits prior to the occurrence and  continuance of an Event of
Default,  any Lender (through any of its officers,  employees,  or agents) shall
have the right,  upon  reasonable  prior  notice  (except that such prior notice
shall not be required upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event
of Default),  from time to time during  Borrower's usual business hours, so long
as Borrower's  normal business  operations are not  unreasonably  disrupted,  to
inspect  Borrower's  Books and to make copies thereof and to check,  test, audit
and appraise the Collateral in order to verify Borrower's financial condition or
the amount,  condition  of, or any other  matter  relating  to, the  Collateral,
including Borrower's Accounts.


                                       24

<PAGE>



                  4.4  Single  Loan.  All  of the  Obligations  of  Borrower  to
Servicing  Agent or Lenders  arising under or in connection with this Agreement,
or any of the  Loan  Documents,  shall  constitute  one  general  obligation  of
Borrower and shall be secured by all of the Collateral.


         5.       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

                  Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

                  5.1 Due  Organization  and  Qualification.  Borrower  and each
Subsidiary of Borrower is a corporation duly existing and in good standing under
the laws of its state of incorporation and qualified and licensed to do business
in, and is in good  standing  in, any state in which the conduct of its business
or its ownership of property requires that it be so qualified, except for states
as to which failure to so qualify would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

                  5.2 Due Authorization;  No Conflict. The execution,  delivery,
and performance of the Loan Documents are within  Borrower's  powers,  have been
duly  authorized,  and are not in conflict  with nor  constitute a breach of any
provision contained in Borrower's  Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws,  nor
will they  constitute an event of default under any material  agreement to which
Borrower is a party or by which  Borrower  is bound.  Borrower is not in default
under  any  agreement  to which it is a party  or by  which it is  bound,  which
default could have a Material Adverse Effect.

                  5.3 No Prior Encumbrances.  Borrower has good and indefeasible
title to the Collateral,  free and clear of Liens,  except for Permitted  Liens.
Except as disclosed in the  Schedule,  Borrower has not acquired any part of the
Collateral  from an assignor  outside  the  ordinary  course of such  assignor's
business.

                  5.4 Bona Fide  Eligible  Accounts.  The Eligible  Accounts are
bona fide  existing  obligations.  The service or  property  giving rise to such
Eligible  Accounts has been  performed or delivered to the account  debtor or to
the  account  debtor's  agent  for  immediate   shipment  to  and  unconditional
acceptance by the account debtor.  Borrower has not received notice of actual or
imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any account debtor whose Accounts are included
in any Borrowing Base Certificate as an Eligible Account.

                  5.5      Merchantable  Inventory.   All  Inventory  is  in all
material  respects  of good and  marketable  quality,  free  from  all  material
defects.

                  5.6  Name;  Location  of Chief  Executive  Office.  Except  as
disclosed in the  Schedule,  Borrower has not done business and will not without
at least thirty (30) days prior  written  notice to Servicing  Agent do business
under any name other than that  specified on the signature page hereof or in the
Schedule.  The chief  executive  office of  Borrower  is located at the  address
indicated in Section 10 hereof.

                  5.7      Litigation.  Except  as  set  forth  in the Schedule,
there are no  actions  or  proceedings  pending,  or, to  Borrower's  knowledge,
threatened by or against Borrower or any

                                       25

<PAGE>



Subsidiary  of Borrower  before any court or  administrative  agency in which an
adverse decision could result in damages or costs to Borrower of One Million and
No/100 Dollars ($1,000,000.00) or more or have a Material Adverse Effect.

                  5.8 No Material  Adverse Change in Financial  Statements.  All
consolidated  financial  statements  related to Borrower and any  Subsidiary  of
Borrower that have been  delivered by Borrower to Servicing  Agent or any Lender
fairly  present  in all  material  respects  Borrower's  consolidated  financial
condition  as of  the  date  thereof  and  Borrower's  consolidated  results  of
operations  for the period  then  ended.  There has not been a material  adverse
change in the consolidated financial condition of Borrower since the date of the
most recent of such financial statements submitted to Lenders or Servicing Agent
on or about the Closing Date.

                  5.9      Solvency.  Borrower is  solvent and  able to  pay its
debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

                  5.10  Regulatory  Compliance.  Borrower and each Subsidiary of
Borrower has met the minimum  funding  requirements of ERISA with respect to any
employee  benefit plans subject to ERISA.  No event has occurred  resulting from
Borrower's  or any of its  Subsidiary's  failure  to comply  with  ERISA that is
reasonably likely to result in Borrower's or any such Subsidiary's incurring any
liability  that  could  have  a  Material  Adverse  Effect.  Borrower  is not an
"investment company" or a company "controlled" by an "investment company" within
the  meaning of the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940.  Borrower  is not engaged
principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending
credit for the  purpose of  purchasing  or  carrying  margin  stock  (within the
meaning  of  Regulations  G, T and U of the Board of  Governors  of the  Federal
Reserve System).  Borrower and each of its  Subsidiaries  have complied with all
the provisions of the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act, the  noncompliance  with
which would cause a Material  Adverse  Effect.  Neither  Borrower nor any of its
Subsidiaries has violated any statutes,  laws, ordinances or rules applicable to
it, violation of which could have a Material Adverse Effect.

                  5.11 Environmental Condition. None of Borrower's or any of its
Subsidiary's  properties  or assets has ever been used by  Borrower  or any such
Subsidiary  or,  to the best of  Borrower's  knowledge,  by  previous  owners or
operators,  in the disposal of, or to produce, store, handle, treat, release, or
transport,  any hazardous waste or hazardous  substance other than in accordance
with applicable law; to the best of Borrower's knowledge, none of Borrower's nor
any of its  Subsidiary's  properties  or  assets  has ever  been  designated  or
identified in any manner pursuant to any environmental  protection  statute as a
hazardous waste or hazardous substance disposal site, or a candidate for closure
pursuant  to any  environmental  protection  statute;  no lien,  resulting  in a
Material Adverse Effect, arising under any environmental  protection statute has
attached to any revenues or to any real or personal  property  owned by Borrower
or any Subsidiary of Borrower;  and neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries
has received a summons,  citation,  notice,  or directive from the Environmental
Protection  Agency  or any other  federal,  state or other  governmental  agency
concerning  any action or omission by  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  of Borrower
resulting in the release,  or other  disposition of hazardous waste or hazardous
substances into the environment.

                  5.12 Taxes. Borrower and each Subsidiary of Borrower has filed
or caused to be filed all tax  returns  required  to be filed on a timely  basis
except where failure to do so would not

                                       26

<PAGE>



reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect,  and has paid, or
has made adequate  provision for the payment of, all taxes reflected  therein in
accordance with GAAP.

                  5.13   Subsidiaries.   Borrower   does  not  own  any   stock,
partnership  interest  or other  equity  securities  of any  Person,  except for
Permitted Investments.

                  5.14  Government  Consents.  Borrower and each  Subsidiary  of
Borrower has obtained all consents,  approvals and  authorizations  of, made all
declarations  or  filings  with,  and given all  notices  to,  all  governmental
authorities  that are necessary for the  continued  operation of Borrower's  and
each such Subsidiary's business as currently conducted,  the failure of which to
obtain would have a Material Adverse Effect on Borrower's  financial  condition,
operations or business.

                  5.15 Full  Disclosure.  No  representation,  warranty or other
statement made by Borrower in any certificate or written statement  furnished to
Servicing Agent or any Lender  contains any untrue  statement of a fact or omits
to state a fact  necessary  in order to make the  statements  contained  in such
certificates  or statements not  misleading,  except which would not result in a
Material Adverse Effect.

                  5.16 Intellectual Property.  Borrower is the sole owner of the
Intellectual Property Collateral,  except for non-exclusive  licenses granted by
Borrower to its  customers  in the ordinary  course of business.  To the best of
Borrower's knowledge, each of the Patents is valid and enforceable,  and no part
of  the   Intellectual   Property   Collateral   has  been  judged   invalid  or
unenforceable,  in whole or in part, and no claim has been made that any part of
the  Intellectual  Property  Collateral  violates  the rights of any third party
other than as disclosed on the Schedule. Except for and upon the filing with the
United  States  Patent and  Trademark  Office  with  respect to the  Patents and
Trademarks  and the Register of Copyrights  with respect to the  Copyrights  and
Mask Works  necessary to perfect the security  interests  created  hereunder and
under the Intellectual  Property Security  Agreement of even date herewith,  and
except as has been already made or obtained, no authorization, approval or other
action  by, and no notice to or filing  with,  any  United  States  governmental
authority or United States  regulatory body is required either (i) for the grant
by Borrower of the security interest granted hereby and in the Loan Documents or
for the execution,  delivery or performance of Loan Documents by Borrower in the
United States or (ii) for the perfection in the United States or the exercise by
Servicing Agent and Lenders of their rights and remedies hereunder.

                  5.17 No Subordinated  Debt. No Subordinate Debt is outstanding
hereunder,  nor has any Subordinated  Debt been previously  approved by Required
Lenders, as of the date hereof.

                  5.18 Year 2000  Reprogramming.  Any reprogramming  required to
permit the proper  functioning in and following the year 2000, of the Borrower's
and its Subsidiaries' material (a) computer systems and (b) equipment containing
embedded microchips  (including systems and equipment supplied by others or with
which the Borrower's or any of its Subsidiaries' systems interface), the failure
of which to have completed could  reasonably be expected to result in a Material
Adverse  Effect,  and the  testing  of all  such  systems  and  equipment  as so
reprogrammed, will be substantially completed by September 30, 1999. The cost to
the  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  of such  reprogramming  and testing of the
reasonably foreseeable consequences of year 2000 to the

                                       27

<PAGE>



Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  (including,  without  limitation,  reprogramming
errors and the failure of others'  systems or  equipment)  will not result in an
Event  of  Default  or a  Material  Adverse  Effect.  Except  for  such  of  the
reprogramming  referred to in the preceding  sentence as may be  necessary,  the
computer and management information systems of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
are and, with ordinary course  upgrading and  maintenance,  will continue to be,
sufficient to permit the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  to conduct its business
without any Material Adverse Effect.

         6.       AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

                  Borrower  covenants and agrees that,  until payment in full of
all outstanding Obligations,  and for so long as Lenders may have any Commitment
to make a Credit Extension hereunder, Borrower shall do all of the following:

                  6.1 Good Standing. Borrower shall maintain its and each of its
Subsidiaries'  corporate  existence  and good  standing in its  jurisdiction  of
incorporation  and  maintain  qualification  in each  jurisdiction  in which the
failure to so  qualify  could have a Material  Adverse  Effect.  Borrower  shall
maintain,  and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain in force, to the
extent consistent with prudent management of Borrower's business,  all licenses,
approvals  and  agreements,  the loss of which  could  have a  Material  Adverse
Effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) Borrower may dissolve a Subsidiary of
Borrower  so long as the assets of the  Subsidiary  remain  with  Borrower  or a
wholly-owned  Subsidiary  of Borrower;  and (b) any  wholly-owned  Subsidiary of
Borrower  may merge or  consolidate  with  another  wholly-owned  Subsidiary  of
Borrower;  and  (c)  any  wholly-owned  Subsidiary  of  Borrower  may  merge  or
consolidate with Borrower so long as Borrower is the surviving corporation.

                  6.2  Government  Compliance.  Borrower  shall meet,  and shall
cause each Subsidiary of Borrower to meet, the minimum  funding  requirements of
ERISA with  respect to any employee  benefit  plans  subject to ERISA.  Borrower
shall comply,  and shall cause each  Subsidiary of Borrower to comply,  with all
statutes,  laws,  ordinances and government rules and regulations to which it is
subject, noncompliance with which could have a Material Adverse Effect.

                  6.3  Financial  Statements,  Reports,  Certificates.  Borrower
shall  deliver to Servicing  Agent and each of the Lenders then holding not less
than one-third of the total Commitment of the Lenders: (a) as soon as available,
but in any event within twenty (20) days after the end of each month (other than
the final  month of  Borrower's  applicable  fiscal  year),  a company  prepared
consolidated balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower's consolidated
operations during such period (with each of such financial  statements as of the
end of any fiscal quarter of Borrower also being in consolidating  format), in a
form  and  certified  by a  Responsible  Officer  of  Borrower;  (b) as  soon as
available,  but in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of Borrower's
fiscal year,  audited  consolidated and  consolidating  financial  statements of
Borrower prepared in accordance with GAAP,  consistently applied,  together with
an unqualified opinion on such financial statements of an independent  certified
public  accounting firm  reasonably  acceptable to Servicing Agent and Requisite
Lenders;  (c)  within  five (5) days of  filing  or  sending  for  delivery,  as
applicable, copies of all statements, reports and notices sent or made available
generally by Borrower to its security  holders or to any holders of Subordinated
Debt and all reports on Form 10-K,  10-Q and 8-K filed with the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission; (d) immediately upon receipt of notice thereof, a report of
any

                                       28

<PAGE>



legal actions  pending or threatened  against  Borrower or any  Subsidiary  that
could  reasonably  be  expected to result in damages or costs to Borrower or any
Subsidiary of One Million and No/100 Dollars  ($1,000,000.00)  or more; (e) such
budgets,  sales projections,  operating plans or other financial  information as
Servicing Agent or any Lender may reasonably  request from time to time, and (f)
prompt  notice of any material  change in the  composition  of the  Intellectual
Property  Collateral,  including,  but not limited to, any subsequent  ownership
right of the Borrower in or to any Copyright,  Patent or Trademark not specified
in any intellectual  property security  agreement between Borrower and Servicing
Agent or knowledge of an event that could  reasonably  be expected to materially
adversely effects the value of the Intellectual Property Collateral.

         Within  twenty  (20) days  after the last day of each  month,  Borrower
shall  deliver to  Servicing  Agent and each Lender  then  holding not less than
one-third of the total  Commitments of the Lenders a Borrowing Base  Certificate
signed by a Responsible  Officer in substantially  the form of Exhibit C hereto,
together with aged  listings of accounts  receivable  and accounts  payable and,
with the monthly  financial  statements,  a Compliance  Certificate  signed by a
Responsible Officer in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto.

                  6.4 Inventory;  Returns.  Borrower shall keep all Inventory in
good and marketable  condition,  free from all material defects other than those
which  would  not  result in a  Material  Adverse  Effect or for which  adequate
reserves have been provided for in accordance with GAAP. Returns and allowances,
if any, as between  Borrower and its account  debtors shall be on the same basis
and in accordance with the usual  customary  practices of Borrower so long as in
accordance  with GAAP.  Borrower shall promptly  notify  Servicing  Agent of all
returns  and  recoveries  and of all  disputes  and  claims,  where the  return,
recovery,  dispute or claim,  together with all other such outstanding  returns,
recoveries,  disputes  or  claims,  involves  more than One  Million  and No/100
Dollars  ($1,000,000.00)  in the  aggregate;  provided,  however,  that such One
Million  and  No/100   Dollars   ($1,000,000.00)   threshold   amount  shall  be
automatically reduced by the amount of any such outstanding returns, recoveries,
disputes  or claims  for which no dollar  for  dollar  GAAP  reserves  have been
established by Borrower.

                  6.5  Taxes.   Borrower   shall  make,  and  shall  cause  each
Subsidiary  of  Borrower  to make,  due and  timely  payment  or  deposit of all
material federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, or contributions required
of it by law, and will execute and deliver to Servicing  Agent,  on demand if an
Event of  Default  has  occurred  and is  continuing,  appropriate  certificates
attesting  to the  payment or deposit  thereof  (provided  that  Borrower  shall
confirm such payment in connection  with any compliance  certificates  regularly
submitted hereunder);  and Borrower will make, and will cause each Subsidiary of
Borrower to make,  timely  payment or deposit of all  material  tax payments and
withholding taxes required of it by applicable laws, including,  but not limited
to, those laws  concerning  F.I.C.A.,  F.U.T.A.,  state  disability,  and local,
state,  and federal income taxes,  and will, upon request if an Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing,  furnish Servicing Agent with proof satisfactory
to  Servicing  Agent and Lenders  indicating  that  Borrower and  Subsidiary  of
Borrower  has made such  payments  or  deposits;  provided  that  Borrower  or a
Subsidiary  of  Borrower  need not make any payment if the amount or validity of
such payment does not result in a Material Adverse Effect or is (i) contested in
good faith by  appropriate  proceedings  and (ii) is  reserved  against  (to the
extent required by GAAP) by Borrower.


                                       29

<PAGE>



                  6.6      Insurance.

                           (a)      Borrower, at  its expense,  shall  keep  the
Collateral insured against loss or damage by fire, theft, explosion, sprinklers,
and all other  hazards and risks,  and in such amounts,  as  ordinarily  insured
against by other owners in similar  businesses  conducted in the locations where
Borrower's  business  is  conducted  on the date  hereof.  Borrower  shall  also
maintain insurance relating to Borrower's ownership and use of the Collateral in
amounts and of a type that are customary to businesses similar to Borrower's.

                           (b) All such  policies of insurance  shall be in such
form, with such companies, and in such amounts as are reasonably satisfactory to
Servicing  Agent and Requisite  Lenders.  All such  policies of insurance  shall
contain a lenders loss payable endorsement,  in a form satisfactory to Servicing
Agent and Requisite Lenders, showing Servicing Agent as an additional loss payee
thereof and all liability insurance policies shall specify that the insurer must
give at least fifteen (15) days notice to Servicing  Agent before  canceling its
policy for any reason.  At  Servicing  Agent's or  Requisite  Lenders'  request,
Borrower shall deliver to Servicing  Agent and each Lender  certified  copies of
such  policies  of  insurance  and  evidence  of the  payments  of all  premiums
therefor.  All proceeds  payable under any such policy  shall,  at the option of
Servicing Agent and Requisite Lenders, be applied on account of the Obligations,
unless the proceeds are payable for any damage or loss other than to  Inventory,
in which case,  such  proceeds  shall be applied to replace such damaged or lost
Inventory  prior to the  occurrence  and  continuance  of an Event of Default or
applied against the Obligations  after the occurrence and during the continuance
of an Event of Default.

                  6.7 Quick Ratio.  Borrower shall maintain,  as of the last day
of the fiscal  quarter  ending April 30, 1999 and the fiscal quarter ending July
31, 1999, a ratio of Quick Assets to Current Liabilities,  less the then current
portion of deferred maintenance revenue, of at least 1.30 to 1.0. Borrower shall
maintain,  as of the last day of the fiscal  quarter  ending October 31, 1999, a
ratio of Quick Assets to Current  Liabilities,  less the then current portion of
deferred  maintenance  revenue,  of at least  1.40 to 1.0.  Commencing  with the
fiscal quarter  ending January 31, 2000 and for each fiscal quarter  thereafter,
Borrower shall maintain a ratio of Quick Assets to Current Liabilities, less the
then current portion of deferred  maintenance  revenue, of at least 1.50 to 1.0.
Borrower shall  maintain,  as of the last day of each calendar month, a ratio of
Quick Assets to Current  Liabilities  less the then current  portion of deferred
maintenance  revenue of at least 1.0 to 1.0. The ratio  calculation  required by
this  paragraph  shall be  calculated  for  Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  on a
consolidated basis.

                  6.8 Debt-Tangible Net Worth Ratio. Borrower shall maintain, as
of the last day of each  fiscal  quarter,  a ratio  of Total  Liabilities,  less
deferred  maintenance  revenue,  to Tangible Net Worth plus Subordinated Debt of
not more than 1.0 to 1.0. The ratio calculation required by this paragraph shall
be calculated for Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

                  6.9 Tangible Net Worth.  Borrower  shall  maintain,  as of the
last  day of each  fiscal  quarter,  a  Tangible  Net  Worth  of not  less  than
Forty-Eight  Million and No/100  Dollars  ($48,000,000.00),  plus fifty  percent
(50%) of all year-to-date Net Income (without regard to net losses), through the
last  day of the  applicable  fiscal  quarter.  Notwithstanding  Borrower's  Net
Income,  Borrower  shall  maintain a  Tangible  Net Worth of not less than Fifty
Million and No/100

                                       30

<PAGE>



Dollars  ($50,000,000.00)  by July 31, 2000. The Tangible Net Worth  calculation
required by this paragraph shall be determined for Borrower and its Subsidiaries
on a consolidated basis.

                  6.10 Profitability.  Borrower shall have a positive Net Income
for each completed fiscal quarter; provided,  Borrower may have (i) an aggregate
loss for the quarter  ending April 30, 1999 not  exceeding  Five  Million  Three
Hundred  Thousand and No/100 Dollars  ($5,300,000.00)  and (ii) a quarterly loss
for the following  fiscal  quarters not exceeding the following  amounts for the
corresponding quarter:

              Quarter Ending                              Maximum Quarterly Loss
              --------------                              ----------------------
              April 30, 1999                                    $1,500,000.00
              July 31, 1999                                     $1,000,000.00
              October 31, 1999                                  $   300,000.00

For purposes of  calculating  the One Million  Five Hundred  Thousand and No/100
Dollars  ($1,500,000.00)  loss allowed under  subparagraph  (ii) for  Borrower's
fiscal quarter  ending April 30, 1999 only, the  calculation of Net Income shall
not include any costs or expenses of any kind or nature  incurred in  connection
with the acquisition by Borrower of  substantially  all of the assets of Vosaic,
L.L.C.  The Net  Income  calculation  required  by this  Section  6.10  shall be
calculated for Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

                  6.11     Registration of Intellectual Property Rights.

                           (a)       Within thirty (30) days of the date of this
Agreement,  Borrower shall register or cause to be registered (to the extent not
already  registered)  with the United States Patent and Trademark  Office or the
United States  Copyright  Office,  as applicable,  those  intellectual  property
rights listed on Exhibits A, B, C and D to the  Intellectual  Property  Security
Agreement  delivered  to  Servicing  Agent by Borrower in  connection  with this
Agreement.  To the extent commercially reasonable and consistent with Borrower's
past  practices,  Borrower  shall  register or cause to be  registered  with the
United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office,
as applicable, those additional, material intellectual property rights developed
or acquired by Borrower from time to time in  connection  with any product prior
to the sale or licensing of such product to any third party,  including  without
limitation revisions or additions to the intellectual  property rights listed on
such Exhibits A, B, C and D.

                           (b)      Borrower  shall  execute  and  deliver  such
additional  instruments  and documents  from time to time as Servicing  Agent or
Requisite Lenders shall reasonably request to perfect Servicing Agent's security
interest in the Intellectual Property Collateral.

                           (c)      Borrower shall  (i) use commercially reason-
able efforts to protect,  defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of
the  material  Trademarks,   Patents,  Copyrights,  and  Mask  Works,  (ii)  use
commercially  reasonable  efforts  to detect  infringements  of the  Trademarks,
Patents,  Copyrights and Mask Works and promptly advise Servicing Agent and each
Lender in writing of  material  infringements  detected  and (iii) not allow any
material  Trademarks,  Patents,  Copyrights,  or  Mask  Works  to be  abandoned,
forfeited or dedicated  to the public  without the written  consent of Servicing
Agent and Requisite Lenders, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, unless

                                       31

<PAGE>



Servicing  Agent  or  Requisite  Lenders  determines  that  reasonable  business
practices suggest that abandonment is appropriate.

                           (d)      Servicing Agent  or Requisite  Lenders shall
have the right, but not the obligation, to take, at Borrower's sole expense, any
actions  that  Borrower is required  under this  Section  6.11 to take but which
Borrower  fails to take,  after  fifteen (15) days notice to Borrower.  Borrower
shall reimburse and indemnify Servicing Agent and each Lender for all reasonable
costs and reasonable  expenses incurred in the reasonable exercise of its rights
under this Section 6.11.

                  6.12 Lockbox Account.  Borrower shall immediately  establish a
lockbox account ("Lockbox  Account") with a Lender or another entity selected by
Servicing Agent and each Lender in their  reasonable  discretion for the payment
of Borrower's  Accounts,  including,  without limitation,  directing all account
debtors of  Borrower  to  deposit  payments  due to  Borrower  into the  Lockbox
Account.  Borrower shall deposit into the Lockbox  Account any Account  proceeds
which Borrower receives through any other means;  provided,  however, that prior
to the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default,  Borrower shall not be
required to deposit into the Lockbox  Account any payments  received by Borrower
if the aggregate  amount of such payments  received during any Business Day does
not exceed  Ten  Thousand  and  No/100  Dollars  ($10,000.00).  Upon  request of
Servicing  Agent or any  Lender,  Borrower  shall  furnish  such  party with (a)
satisfactory evidence that Borrower has notified and directed all of its account
debtors to make payments of Borrower's Accounts to the Lockbox Account and (b) a
list  of  all  of  Borrower's  account  debtors  and  their  respective  current
addresses.

                  6.13   ERISA.   At  all  times   Borrower   shall:   (a)  make
contributions  to each Plan in a timely  manner and in an amount  sufficient  to
comply with the minimum funding standard  requirements of ERISA; (b) immediately
upon acquiring knowledge of (i) any Reportable Event in connection with any Plan
for  which  no  administrative  or  statutory   exemption  exists  or  (ii)  any
"prohibited  transaction," as such term is defined in Section 4975 of the IRC in
connection  with any Plan,  that could  reasonably  be expected to result in the
imposition of material  damages or a material  excise tax on the Borrower or any
Subsidiary  thereof,  furnish  the  Servicing  Agent a  statement  executed by a
Responsible Officer of the Borrower or such Subsidiary setting forth the details
thereof and the action  which the  Borrower or any such  Subsidiary  proposes to
take with  respect  thereto  and,  when known,  any action taken by the Internal
Revenue  Service with respect  thereto;  (c) notify the Servicing Agent promptly
upon  receipt by the  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  thereof of any notice of the
institution of any proceedings or other actions which may reasonably be expected
to result in the  termination  of any Plan by the PBGC and furnish the Servicing
Agent with copies of such  notice;  (d) pay when due,  or within any  applicable
grace period allowed by the PBGC, all required premium payments to the PBGC; (e)
furnish the Servicing Agent with copies of the annual report for each Plan filed
with the  Internal  Revenue  Service  not  later  than ten (10)  days  after the
Servicing  Agent  requests  such report;  (f) furnish the  Servicing  Agent with
copies of any request for waiver of the funding  standards  or  extension of the
amortization periods required by Sections 303 and 304 of ERISA or Section 412 of
the IRC  promptly  after  the  request  is  submitted  to the  Secretary  of the
Treasury,  the Department of Labor or the Internal Revenue Service,  as the case
may be;  and (g) pay  when  due all  installment  contributions  required  under
Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the IRC or within 10 days of a failure to
make any such required  contributions  when due furnish the Servicing Agent with
written notice of such failure.


                                       32

<PAGE>



                  6.14 Year 2000 Compliance. Borrower shall complete and furnish
such  reasonable  questionnaires  and  submit to any  additional  due  diligence
reasonably  required  by the  Servicing  Agent or any Lender in order to confirm
that the  representations  and  warranties  set forth in Section 5.18 hereof are
true and correct in all material respects.

                  6.15 Notice of Events.  Borrower  shall  notify the  Servicing
Agent and each Lender immediately upon acquiring knowledge of the occurrence of,
or if the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries causes or intends to cause, as the
case  may  be,  any  of the  following:  (a)  the  institution  of any  lawsuit,
administrative  proceeding or investigation affecting the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries,  including without  limitation,  any audit by the Internal Revenue
Service,  the adverse  determination under which could reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect; (b) any development or change in the business or
affairs of the  Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries'  which has had or which is
reasonably  likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;  (c) any Event of Default,
together  with a detailed  statement by a  Responsible  Officer on behalf of the
Borrower  of the  steps  being  taken to cure  such  Event of  Default;  (d) the
occurrence of any default by the Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  under any
agreement or series of related  agreements to which it is a party, which default
could  reasonably  be expected to have a Material  Adverse  Effect;  and (e) any
violation by, or  investigation  of any Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  in
connection with any actual or alleged violation of any legal requirement imposed
by  the  Environmental   Protection  Agency,  the  Occupational   Safety  Hazard
Administration  or any other  Governmental  Authority which has or is reasonably
likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                  6.16  Further  Assurances.  At any time and from time to time,
Borrower  shall  execute  and deliver  such  further  instruments  and take such
further action as may  reasonably be requested by Servicing  Agent or any Lender
to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

         7.       NEGATIVE COVENANTS

                  Borrower  covenants  and  agrees  that,  so long as any Credit
Extension  hereunder  shall  be  available  and  until  payment  in  full of the
outstanding  Obligations  or for so long as Lenders may have any  commitment  to
make any Credit Extensions, Borrower will not do any of the following:

                  7.1  Dispositions.  Convey,  sell,  lease,  transfer,  pledge,
encumber, assign or otherwise dispose of (collectively, a "Transfer"), or permit
any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property
(including  without  limitation,  stock  held  in any  Subsidiary),  other  than
Transfers:  (i) of  inventory  in the  ordinary  course  of  business,  (ii)  of
non-exclusive  licenses and similar  arrangements for the use of the property of
Borrower or its  Subsidiaries  in the ordinary  course of  business;  (iii) that
constitute payment of normal and usual operating expenses in the ordinary course
of business; (iv) of worn-out or obsolete Equipment; (v) of excess Equipment, if
sold for the greater of book or market value, so long as the aggregate amount of
such  excess  Equipment  sold in any fiscal  year does not exceed  Five  Hundred
Thousand and No/100 Dollars  ($500,000.00);  (vi) of interests in that agreement
entitled  "Wild  Basin Net  Proceeds  Agreement"  dated  March 11, 1998 and that
agreement entitled  "Waterford:  Memorandum of Net Profits Agreement" dated June
15,   1994;   (vii)  any  capital   stock  held  by  Borrower  in  Accord  Video
Telecommunications  Ltd.,  if sold for not less than its book value;  and (viii)
the factoring or sale by any of Borrower's Subsidiaries whose principal place of
business is located  outside  the United  States of such  Subsidiary's  accounts
arising  out of the sale or  lease  of  goods.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,
Borrower may enter into one or

                                       33

<PAGE>



more sale leaseback  transactions so long as no Event of Default exists or would
exist  after  giving  effect to such action and so long as the total fair market
value or book  value,  whichever  is  greater,  of the  assets  so  Transferred,
together  with other capital  leases  incurred  after the date hereof,  does not
exceed the amount of capital lease obligations permitted under the definition of
"Permitted Indebtedness".

                  7.2  Changes  in  Business,  Ownership,  Management,  or Chief
Executive Office.  Engage in any business,  or permit any of its Subsidiaries to
engage in any  business,  other  than the  businesses  currently  engaged  in by
Borrower  and  any  business   substantially  similar  or  related  thereto  (or
incidental thereto).  Borrower will not, without at least thirty (30) days prior
written notification to Servicing Agent,  relocate its chief executive office or
add or relocate any business location where Borrower maintains  Inventory with a
value equal to or greater  than Two Million  Five  Hundred  Thousand  and No/100
Dollars ($2,500,000.00).

                  7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions. Except for Borrower's acquisition
of substantially all of the assets of Vosaic,  L.L.C.  (such acquisition  hereby
being  consented  to  by  the  Servicing  Agent  and  the  Lenders),   merge  or
consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate,  with or
into  any  other  business  organization,  or  acquire,  or  permit  any  of its
Subsidiaries  to  acquire,  all or  substantially  all of the  capital  stock or
property  of  another  Person if (i) an Event of  Default  has  occurred  and is
continuing  or  would  exist  after  giving  effect  to such  action  or (ii) in
connection  with  such  action,  the total  Indebtedness  incurred  by  Borrower
(limited to  assumption by Borrower of accounts  payable of the acquired  party)
and cash paid by Borrower in  connection  with all such action after the date of
this  Agreement  totals more than One Million Five  Hundred  Thousand and No/100
Dollars  ($1,500,000.00)  or (iii)  such  action  dilutes  what  would have been
Borrower's  earnings for the fiscal quarter in which such action occurs,  if not
for such action.

                  7.4  Indebtedness.  Subject to  Section  7.3,  create,  incur,
assume or be or remain  liable with respect to any  Indebtedness,  or permit any
Subsidiary of Borrower so to do, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

                  7.5 Encumbrances. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any
Lien with respect to any of the  Collateral,  or assign or otherwise  convey any
right to receive  income,  including the sale of any Accounts,  or permit any of
its Subsidiaries so to do, except for Permitted Liens.

                  7.6  Distributions.  Pay  any  dividends  or  make  any  other
distribution  or payment on account of or in redemption,  retirement or purchase
of any capital stock of Borrower.

                  7.7  Investments.  Directly or  indirectly  acquire or own, or
make any Investment in or to any Person, or permit any of its Subsidiaries so to
do, other than Permitted Investments.

                  7.8 Transactions with Affiliates. Directly or indirectly enter
into or permit to exist any material  transaction  (exclusive of any  employment
arrangements  with the officers of Borrower and  exclusive of any of  Borrower's
benefit or compensation  programs for officers and directors) with any Affiliate
of  Borrower  except  for  transactions  that  are in  the  ordinary  course  of
Borrower's  business,  upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable
to  Borrower  than  would be  obtained  in an arm's  length  transaction  with a
nonaffiliated Person.


                                       34

<PAGE>



                  7.9  Subordinated  Debt.  Make any  payment  in respect of any
Subordinated  Debt, or permit any of its  Subsidiaries to make any such payment,
except to the extent such payment is allowed under any  Subordination  Agreement
entered into with Servicing Agent and Lenders covering such  Subordinated  Debt,
or  amend  any  provision  contained  in  any  documentation   relating  to  the
Subordinated  Debt if such  amendment  would  adversely  affect the interests of
Lenders.

                  7.10   Inventory.   Store   any   Inventory   with  a  bailee,
warehouseman,  or similar party unless  Servicing Agent has received a pledge of
any warehouse  receipt  covering such Inventory and a subordination or waiver of
any  warehouseman's  or  other  similar  Lien  held by such  party  against  the
applicable  Inventory.  Except  for  Inventory  sold in the  ordinary  course of
business and except for such other  locations as Servicing Agent and Lenders may
approve in writing,  Borrower shall keep the Inventory only at the locations set
forth in the Schedule and such other locations of which Borrower gives Servicing
Agent and Lenders prior written  notice and as to which Borrower signs and files
a  financing  statement  where  needed to  perfect  Servicing  Agent's  security
interest.

                  7.11 Compliance.  Become an "investment  company" or a company
controlled  by an  "investment  company",  within the meaning of the  Investment
Company Act of 1940,  or become  principally  engaged in, or undertake as one of
its important  activities,  the business of extending  credit for the purpose of
purchasing or carrying margin stock, or use the proceeds of any Advance for such
purpose;  fail to meet the  minimum  funding  requirements  of  ERISA;  permit a
Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction,  as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail
to comply with the Federal Fair Labor  Standards Act or violate any other law or
regulation,  which violation could have a Material  Adverse Effect or a material
adverse  effect on the  Collateral or the priority of Servicing  Agent's Lien on
the Collateral; or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do any of the foregoing.

                  7.12 Intellectual Property Agreement.  Permit the inclusion in
any material  contract to which it becomes a party of any provisions  that could
reasonably be expected to in any way prevent the creation of a security interest
in  Borrower's  rights  and  interests  in  any  property  included  within  the
definition  of  the  Intellectual   Property   Collateral  acquired  under  such
contracts.

                  7.13 Foreign Assets.  Permit the aggregate  assets of Borrower
at any time not located within the United States,  including without limitation,
all  Investments  by Borrower in any of its  Subsidiaries  who does not have its
principal  place of business in the United  States,  to exceed  fifteen  percent
(15%) of Borrower's total assets as of the date of such determination.

                                       35

<PAGE>



                  7.14     ERISA Compliance.

                           (a)      At any time engage in any "prohibited trans-
action"  as defined in ERISA;  or permit any Plan to be  terminated  in a manner
which could result in the  imposition  of a Lien on any property of the Borrower
or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to ERISA.

                           (b)      Engage in any transaction in connection with
which the Borrower or any Subsidiary  thereof could reasonably be expected to be
subject to either a material civil penalty  assessed  pursuant to the provisions
of Section  502 of ERISA or a  material  tax  imposed  under the  provisions  of
Section 4975 of the IRC.

                           (c)      Terminate  any  Plan  in  a "distress termi-
nation"  under  Section  4041 of ERISA,  or take any other  action  which  could
reasonably be expected to result in a material  liability of the Borrower or any
Subsidiary thereof to the PBGC.

                           (d)      Fail to make payment when due of all amounts
which,  under the provisions of any Plan, the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof
is  required to pay as  contributions  thereto,  or,  with  respect to any Plan,
permit  to exist any  material  "accumulated  funding  deficiency"  (within  the
meaning  of Section  302 of ERISA and  Section  412 of the IRC),  whether or not
waived, with respect thereto.

                           (e)      Adopt an amendment to any Plan requiring the
provision of security  under  Section 307 of ERISA or Section  401(a)(29) of the
IRC.

         8.       EVENTS OF DEFAULT

                  Any one or more of the  following  events shall  constitute an
Event of Default by Borrower under this Agreement:

                  8.1 Payment Default. If Borrower fails to pay, within five (5)
calendar days of when due, any of the Obligations.

                  8.2      Covenant Default.

                           (a)      If Borrower fails to  perform any obligation
under  Sections  6.3,  6.6,  6.7,  6.8, 6.9, 6.10 or 6.11 or violates any of the
covenants contained in Article 7 of this Agreement;  provided however,  Borrower
shall have the following  specific grace periods:  (i) with respect to Form 10-Q
reports to be provided under Section 6.3 above,  five (5) days grace,  (ii) with
respect to Form 10-K  reports to be provided  under  Section 6.3 above,  fifteen
(15) days  grace,  and (iii) with  respect to proof of  insurance  or  insurance
policies  required to be provided  under  Section 6.6 above,  fifteen  (15) days
grace, or

                           (b)      If Borrower  fails or  neglects to  perform,
keep, or observe any other material term,  provision,  condition,  covenant,  or
agreement contained in this Agreement,  in any of the Loan Documents,  or in any
other present or future agreement between Borrower,  Lenders and Servicing Agent
related  to  this  Agreement  and as to  any  default  under  such  other  term,
provision,  condition,  covenant or agreement  that can be cured,  has failed to
cure such default within thirty (30)

                                       36

<PAGE>



days after the occurrence  thereof  (provided that no Credit  Extensions will be
required to be made during such cure period).

                  8.3 Material  Adverse  Change.  If there (i) occurs a Material
Adverse  Effect,  or (ii) is a material  impairment  of the value or priority of
Servicing Agent's security interest in the Collateral.

                  8.4 Attachment.  If any material portion of Borrower's  assets
is attached, seized, subjected to a writ or distress warrant, or is levied upon,
or comes into the  possession  of any  trustee,  receiver or person  acting in a
similar capacity and such attachment,  seizure, writ or distress warrant or levy
has not been  removed,  discharged  or rescinded  within thirty (30) days, or if
Borrower is enjoined,  restrained,  or in any way  prevented by court order from
continuing to conduct all or any material part of its business affairs,  or if a
judgment or other claim becomes a lien or encumbrance  upon any material portion
of Borrower's  assets,  or if a notice of lien,  levy, or assessment is filed of
record with respect to any of Borrower's assets by the United States Government,
or any department,  agency, or instrumentality thereof, or by any state, county,
municipal,  or governmental  agency, and the same is not paid within thirty (30)
days after Borrower receives notice thereof, provided that none of the foregoing
shall  constitute an Event of Default where such action or event is stayed or an
adequate bond has been posted pending a good faith contest by Borrower (provided
that no Credit Extensions will be required to be made during such cure period).

                  8.5  Insolvency.  If an Insolvency  Proceeding is commenced by
Borrower or if an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced against Borrower (in either
case, an "Insolvency  Default") and such Insolvency Proceeding commenced against
Borrower is not dismissed or stayed within  forty-five  (45) days (provided that
no Advances or Credit  Extensions  will be made prior to the  dismissal  of such
Insolvency Proceeding).

                  8.6 Other  Agreements.  If there is a default in any agreement
to which Borrower is a party with a third party or parties  resulting in a right
by such third party or parties,  whether or not  exercised,  to  accelerate  the
maturity  of any  Indebtedness  in an amount in excess of One Million and No/100
Dollars ($1,000,000) or that could have a Material Adverse Effect.

                  8.7      Subordinated Debt.  Borrower or  any Subsidiary makes
any payment in respect of Subordinated  Debt, except as permitted by Section 7.9
above.

                  8.8  Judgments.  If a judgment or judgments for the payment of
money in an amount,  individually  or in the aggregate,  of at least One Million
and No/100 Dollars  ($1,000,000.00) shall be rendered against Borrower and shall
remain  unsatisfied and unstayed for a period of thirty (30) days (provided that
no Credit  Extensions  will be made  prior to the  satisfaction  or stay of such
judgments, and if the aggregate amount of such unsatisfied, but stayed judgments
ever exceeds Two Million and No/100  Dollars  ($2,000,000.00)  in the aggregate,
then no Credit  Extensions will be made unless and until the aggregate amount of
such  unsatisfied,  but stayed  judgments  are reduced to Two Million and No/100
Dollars ($2,000,000.00) or less).

                  8.9      Misrepresentations.  If  any  material misrepresenta-
tion  or  material  misstatement  exists  now  or  hereafter  in  any  warranty,
representation, statement or report set forth herein or made

                                       37

<PAGE>



to  Servicing  Agent or any Lender by  Borrower  or any  officer or  director of
Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.

                  8.10 ERISA. Any of the following shall occur: (1) a Reportable
Event  shall  have  occurred  with  respect  to a Plan;  (2) the  filing  by the
Borrower,  any ERISA  Affiliate,  or an administrator of any Plan of a notice of
intent to terminate such Plan in a "distressed termination" under the provisions
of Section 4041 of ERISA;  (3) the receipt of notice by the Borrower,  any ERISA
Affiliate or an administrator of a Plan that the PBGC has instituted proceedings
to terminate  (or appoint a trustee to  administer)  such a Plan;  (4) and other
event or condition  exists which might,  in the opinion of the Servicing  Agent,
constitute  grounds  under  the  provisions  of  Section  4042 of ERISA  for the
termination  of or the  appointment  of a trustee to administer  any Plan by the
PBGC; (5) a Plan shall fail to maintain a minimum funding  standard  required by
Section  412 of the IRC for any plan year or a waiver of  standard  is sought or
granted under the  provisions of Section  412(d) of the IRC; (6) the Borrower or
any ERISA Affiliate has incurred,  or is reasonably likely to incur, a liability
under the  provisions  of Section  4062,  4036,  4046 or 4201 of ERISA;  (7) the
Borrower or any ERISA  Affiliate  fails to pay the full amount of an installment
required  under  Section  412(m) of the IRC; or (8) the  occurrence of any other
event or condition  with respect to any Plan which would  constitute an event of
default or default under any other agreement entered into by the Borrower or any
ERISA Affiliate.

         9.       SERVICING AGENT'S AND LENDERS' RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

                  9.1 Rights and Remedies.  Upon the  occurrence  and during the
continuance  of an Event of Default,  Servicing  Agent may, at its election,  or
shall,  upon request of Requisite  Lenders,  without  notice of its election and
without demand, do any one or more of the following, all of which are authorized
by Borrower:

                           (a)     Declare all Obligations, whether evidenced by
this Agreement,  by any of the other Loan Documents,  or otherwise,  immediately
due and  payable  (provided  that  upon the  occurrence  of an Event of  Default
described  in Section  8.5 all  Obligations  shall  become  immediately  due and
payable without any action by Servicing Agent or Lenders);

                           (b)      Cease advancing money or extending credit to
or for the benefit of Borrower under this Agreement or under any other agreement
between or among Borrower or Servicing Agent or any Lender;

                           (c)      With the continuation of an Event of Default
for sixty (60) days or more,  settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with
account  debtors for amounts,  upon terms and in whatever  order that  Servicing
Agent, with the approval of Requisite Lenders, reasonably considers advisable;

                           (d)      Without notice  to or  demand upon Borrower,
make such payments and do such acts as Servicing  Agent or Requisite  Lenders in
good  faith  consider  necessary  or  reasonable  to protect  Servicing  Agent's
security interest in the Collateral.  Borrower agrees to assemble the Collateral
if Servicing Agent or Requisite  Lenders so require,  and to make the Collateral
available  to  Servicing  Agent as  Servicing  Agent or  Requisite  Lenders  may
designate.  Borrower  authorizes  Servicing Agent, on behalf of each Lender,  to
enter the premises where the Collateral is located, to

                                       38

<PAGE>



take and maintain  possession of the Collateral,  or any part of it, and to pay,
purchase,  contest, or compromise any encumbrance,  charge, or lien which in the
Requisite Lenders' reasonable  determination  appears to be prior or superior to
its security interest and to pay all expenses incurred in connection  therewith.
With respect to any of Borrower's  premises,  Borrower  hereby grants  Servicing
Agent,  on behalf of and for the  benefit  of  Lenders,  a license to enter such
premises  and to occupy the same,  without  charge,  in order to exercise any of
Lenders' rights or remedies provided herein, at law, in equity or otherwise;

                           (e)     Without notice to Borrower, set off and apply
to the Obligations any and all (i) balances and deposits of Borrower held by any
Lender or Servicing Agent, or (ii)  indebtedness at any time owing to or for the
credit or the  account  of  Borrower  owed or owing by any  Lender or  Servicing
Agent;

                           (f)     Ship, reclaim,  recover, store, finish, main-
tain,  repair,  prepare for sale,  advertise  for sale,  and sell (in the manner
provided  for  herein)  the  Collateral.  Servicing  Agent is  hereby  granted a
non-exclusive,  royalty-free  license or other  right,  solely  pursuant  to the
provisions  of this  Section 9.1, to use,  without  charge,  Borrower's  labels,
Patents, Copyrights, Mask Works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade
names,  Trademarks,  service marks, and advertising matter, or any property of a
similar nature, as it pertains to the Collateral,  in completing  production of,
advertising  for sale,  and  selling any  Collateral  and,  in  connection  with
Servicing  Agent's  exercise of its rights under this  Section  9.1,  Borrower's
rights under all licenses and all franchise  agreements shall inure to Servicing
Agent's benefit;

                           (g)      Sell the  Collateral at  either a  public or
private sale, or both, by way of one or more contracts or transactions, for cash
or on terms, in such manner and at such places (including  Borrower's  premises)
as Servicing Agent determines is commercially reasonable, and apply the proceeds
thereof to the Obligations in whatever manner or order it deems appropriate;

                           (h)      Servicing Agent,  on behalf  of all Lenders,
may credit  bid and  purchase  at any public  sale,  or at any  private  sale as
permitted by law; and

                           (i)      Any deficiency that exists after disposition
of the Collateral as provided above will be paid immediately by Borrower.

                  9.2 Power of Attorney.  Effective only upon the occurrence and
during the  continuance  of an Event of  Default,  Borrower  hereby  irrevocably
appoints Servicing Agent on behalf of and for the benefit of Lenders (and any of
Servicing  Agent's  designated  officers,  or employees) as Borrower's  true and
lawful attorney to: (a) endorse  Borrower's name on any checks or other forms of
payment or security that may come into Servicing Agent's or Lenders'  possession
relating to the Collateral or any part thereof;  (b) sign Borrower's name on any
invoice  or bill of lading  relating  to any  Account,  drafts  against  account
debtors,  schedules and assignments of Accounts,  verifications of Accounts, and
notices to account debtors;  (c) make,  settle,  and adjust all claims under and
decisions  with  respect to  Borrower's  policies of  insurance  relating to the
Collateral  or any part  thereof;  (d)  settle and  adjust  disputes  and claims
respecting  the Accounts  directly  with account  debtors,  for amounts and upon
terms which Servicing Agent or Lenders determines to be reasonable;  (e) modify,
in its sole discretion,  any intellectual  property  security  agreement entered
into between  Borrower and Servicing Agent,  without first obtaining  Borrower's
approval of or signature to such

                                       39

<PAGE>



modification,  for the sole purpose of amending Exhibit A, Exhibit B, Exhibit C,
and Exhibit D, thereof, as appropriate, to include reference to any right, title
or interest in any  Copyrights,  Patents,  Trademarks or Mask Works  acquired by
Borrower  after the  execution  hereof or deleting  any  reference to any right,
title or interest in any Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks, or Mask Works in which
Borrower no longer has or claims any right, title or interest;  (f) transfer the
Intellectual  Property  Collateral  into the name of Servicing  Agent or a third
party to the  extent  permitted  under  the Code;  and (g) to file,  in its sole
discretion,  one or more  financing or  continuation  statements  and amendments
thereto,  relative to any of the  Collateral  without the  signature of Borrower
where permitted by law; and provided  Servicing Agent may exercise such power of
attorney  to sign the name of  Borrower  on any of the  documents  described  in
Section  4.2  regardless  of  whether  an Event of  Default  has  occurred.  The
appointment  of Servicing  Agent as  Borrower's  attorney in fact,  and each and
every  one of  Servicing  Agent's  rights  and  powers,  being  coupled  with an
interest, is irrevocable until all of the Obligations have been fully repaid and
performed and Lenders'  obligation  to provide  Credit  Extensions  hereunder is
terminated.

                  9.3 Accounts  Collection.  Upon the  occurrence and during the
continuance of an Event of Default,  Servicing Agent may notify any Person owing
funds to Borrower of Servicing Agent's security interest in such funds. Borrower
shall  collect all  amounts  owing to  Borrower  on behalf of  Servicing  Agent,
receive in trust all payments as Servicing Agent's and Lenders' trustee,  and if
required by Section 6.12,  immediately  deliver such payments to Servicing Agent
in  their  original  form as  received  from the  account  debtor,  with  proper
endorsements for deposit.

                  9.4 Lenders' Expenses. If Borrower fails to pay any amounts or
furnish any  required  proof of payment  due to third  persons or  entities,  as
required under the terms of this  Agreement,  then Servicing  Agent or Requisite
Lenders may do any or all of the following:  (a) make payment of the same or any
part thereof;  (b) set up such reserves  under the Committed  Revolving  Line as
Servicing Agent or Requisite Lenders deems necessary to protect Lenders from the
exposure created by such failure;  or (c) obtain and maintain insurance policies
of the type discussed in Section 6.6 of this Agreement, and take any action with
respect to such  policies as such Lender deems  prudent.  Any amounts so paid or
deposited by Servicing Agent or any Lender shall constitute  Lenders'  Expenses,
shall be  immediately  due and  payable,  and shall  bear  interest  at the then
applicable rate  hereinabove  provided,  and shall be secured by the Collateral.
Any  payments  made by any Lender or  Servicing  Agent shall not  constitute  an
agreement  by such Lender or  Servicing  Agent to make  similar  payments in the
future or a waiver by such  Lender or  Servicing  Agent of any Event of  Default
under this Agreement.

                  9.5  Lenders'  Liability  for  Collateral.  So long as Lenders
comply with reasonable banking  practices,  no Lender shall in any way or manner
be liable or responsible  for: (a) the  safekeeping of the  Collateral;  (b) any
loss or damage  thereto  occurring  or arising in any manner or fashion from any
cause; (c) any diminution in the value thereof; or (d) any act or default of any
carrier,  warehouseman,  bailee,  forwarding  agency, or other person whomsoever
other than such losses, costs, expenses or liabilities based upon or arising out
of the gross  negligence or willful  misconduct  of the Servicing  Agent or such
Lender. All risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral shall be borne
by Borrower.

                  9.6   Remedies Cumulative.  Lenders' rights and remedies under
this  Agreement,   the  Loan  Documents,  and  all  other  agreements  shall  be
cumulative. Lenders shall have all other rights

                                       40

<PAGE>



and remedies, not expressly set forth herein, and as provided under the Code, by
law, or in equity. No exercise by Lenders of one right or remedy shall be deemed
an election, and no waiver by Lenders of any Event of Default on Borrower's part
shall be deemed a  continuing  waiver.  No delay by Lenders  shall  constitute a
waiver, election, or acquiescence by it. No waiver by Lenders shall be effective
unless made in a written  document signed by all Lenders and Servicing Agent and
then shall be  effective  only in the  specific  instance  and for the  specific
purpose for which it was given.

                  9.7 Demand;  Protest.  Borrower waives demand, protest, notice
of protest,  notice of default or  dishonor,  notice of payment and  nonpayment,
notice of any default,  notice of intent to accelerate,  notice of acceleration,
nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise,  settlement,  extension, or renewal
of accounts, documents,  instruments,  chattel paper, and guarantees at any time
held by Lenders or Servicing Agent on which Borrower may in any way be liable.

         10.      NOTICES

                  Unless  otherwise  provided in this Agreement,  all notices or
demands by any party relating to this Agreement or any other  agreement  entered
into in  connection  herewith  shall be in writing  and  (except  for  financial
statements and other  informational  documents  which may be sent by first-class
mail,  postage  prepaid)  shall be personally  delivered or sent by a recognized
overnight delivery service,  by certified mail, postage prepaid,  return receipt
requested,  or by facsimile to Borrower or Lenders or  Servicing  Agent,  as the
case may be, at its addresses set forth below:

         If to Borrower:         VTEL Corporation
                                 108 Wild Basin Road
                                 Austin, Texas  78746
                                 Attn: Ms. Dianne Johnson, Treasurer
                                 Fax:  512/437-2718

         If to Servicing Agent:  Silicon Valley Bank
                                 9020 Capital of Texas Highway North
                                 Building 1, Suite 350
                                 Austin, Texas 78759
                                 Attn: Mr. J. Doug Mangum, Senior Vice President
                                 Fax: 512/794-0855

         If to SVB:              Silicon Valley Bank
                                 9020 Capital of Texas Highway North
                                 Building 1, Suite 350
                                 Austin, Texas 78759
                                 Attn: Mr. J. Doug Mangum, Senior Vice President
                                 Fax: 512/794-0855


                                       41

<PAGE>



         If to Comerica:         Comerica Bank-Texas
                                 1601 Elm Street
                                 Dallas, Texas 75201

                                 P.O. Box 650282
                                 Dallas, Texas 75265-0282
                                 Attn: Mr. Gary Orr, Chief Credit Officer

         with a copy to:         Comerica Bank-Texas
                                 804 Congress Ave., Suite 320
                                 Austin, Texas  78701
                                 Attn: Ms. Robin Ingari, Senior Vice President
                                 Fax:  512/251-7417

         The parties  hereto may change the address at which they are to receive
notices  hereunder,  by notice in writing in the  foregoing  manner given to the
other. NOTICES TO ONE LENDER SHALL NOT BE DEEMED NOTICE TO ANY OTHER LENDER.

         11.      CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE

                  THE LOAN  DOCUMENTS  SHALL BE GOVERNED  BY, AND  CONSTRUED  IN
ACCORDANCE  WITH,  THE INTERNAL  LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS,  WITHOUT  REGARD TO
PRINCIPLES  OF  CONFLICTS OF LAW AS IF  PERFORMED  ENTIRELY  WITHIN THE STATE OF
TEXAS BY TEXAS RESIDENTS.  EACH OF BORROWER,  SERVICING AGENT AND LENDERS HEREBY
SUBMIT TO THE EXCLUSIVE  JURISDICTION OF THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN
THE COUNTY OF TRAVIS, STATE OF TEXAS.

         12.      PARTICIPATION

                  12.1 Participation  Interest.  Any Lender may at any time sell
to one or more  commercial  banks or other  Persons not  Affiliates  of Borrower
("Participant") participating interests in any Credit Extensions, the Commitment
of such  Lender  and the other  interests  of such  Lender  ("Original  Lender")
hereunder and under the other Loan Documents;  provided,  however,  that (i) the
Original Lender's obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged,  (ii)
the Original Lender shall remain solely  responsible for the performance of such
obligations,  (iii) Borrower shall continue to deal solely and directly with the
Original Lender in connection with the Original  Lender's rights and obligations
under the  Agreement  and the other  Loan  Documents,  and (iv) no Lender  shall
transfer or grant any  participating  interest under which the Participant shall
have rights to approve any  amendment  to, or any consent or waiver with respect
to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

                  12.2 No Obligation.  Neither Lender shall have any obligation,
implied or express, to assign, delegate, sell, offer to sell, purchase, offer to
purchase or  otherwise  transfer in any way to any other party  hereunder or any
third party any participating  interest hereunder or any or all of the Advances,
the Commitments or the other rights and obligations of such Lender hereunder.



                                       42

<PAGE>



13.      THE SERVICING AGENT

                  13.1     Appointment, Powers and Immunities.

                           13.1.1   Each Lender hereby appoints SVB as Servicing
Agent  hereunder  and under the other  Loan  Documents  and each  Lender  hereby
irrevocably  authorizes  Servicing  Agent to act  hereunder  and  thereunder  as
Servicing  Agent of such Lender.  Servicing Agent agrees to act as such upon the
express conditions contained in this Section 13. In performing its functions and
duties under this Agreement and under the other Loan Documents,  Servicing Agent
shall act solely as Servicing Agent of Lenders and does not assume and shall not
be deemed to have assumed any obligation  towards or  relationship  of agency or
trust with or for Borrower.

                           13.1.2   Each Lender irrevocably authorizes Servicing
Agent to take such actions on such  Lender's  behalf and to exercise such powers
hereunder as are specifically  delegated to Servicing Agent by the terms hereof,
together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.  Servicing Agent
shall have only those duties which are  specified in this  Agreement  and it may
perform such duties by or through its agents,  representatives or employees.  In
performing  its duties  hereunder  on behalf of Lenders,  Servicing  Agent shall
exercise  the same care which it would  exercise in dealing  with loans made for
its  own  account,  but it  shall  not be  responsible  to any  Lender  for  the
execution, effectiveness, genuineness, validity, enforceability,  collectability
or sufficiency of all or any of the Loan Documents,  or for any representations,
warranties, recitals or statements made herein or therein or made in any written
or oral statement or in any financial or other statements, instruments, reports,
certificates  or any  other  documents  furnished  or  delivered  in  connection
herewith or  therewith  by  Servicing  Agent to any Lender or by or on behalf of
Borrower to  Servicing  Agent or any Lender,  or be  required  to  ascertain  or
inquire as to the  performance or  observances of any of the terms,  conditions,
provisions, covenants or agreements contained herein or therein or as to the use
of the  proceeds of the  Advances of amounts  drawn under the Letters of Credit.
Servicing  Agent shall not be responsible for insuring the Collateral or for the
payment of any taxes, assessments,  charges or any other charges or liens of any
nature  whatsoever  upon the Collateral or otherwise for the  maintenance of the
Collateral, except in the event Servicing Agent enters into possession of a part
or all of the Collateral, in which event Servicing Agent shall preserve the part
in its  possession.  Unless the  officers  of  Servicing  Agent  acting in their
capacity  as officers  of  Servicing  Agent on  Borrower's  account  have actual
knowledge thereof or have been notified in writing thereof by Lenders, Servicing
Agent shall not be  required  to  ascertain  or inquire as to the  existence  or
possible  existence of any Event of Default.  Neither Servicing Agent nor any of
its officers, directors, employees, representatives or agents shall be liable to
Lenders for any action taken or omitted hereunder or under any of the other Loan
Documents or in connection  herewith or therewith  unless caused by its or their
gross negligence or willful misconduct. No provision of this Agreement or of any
other  Loan  Document  shall be  deemed  to  impose  any duty or  obligation  on
Servicing Agent to perform any act or to exercise any power in any  jurisdiction
in which it  shall  be  illegal,  or  shall  be  deemed  to  impose  any duty or
obligation on Servicing  Agent to perform any act or exercise any right or power
if such performance or exercise (i) would subject  Servicing Agent to a tax in a
jurisdiction  where  it is not  then  subject  to a tax or  (ii)  would  require
Servicing Agent to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it presently
is not so qualified.  Without  prejudice to the generality of the foregoing,  no
Lender shall have any right of action  whatsoever  against  Servicing Agent as a
result of Servicing Agent acting or (where so instructed) refraining from acting
under this Agreement or under any of the other Loan Documents in accordance with
the instructions of Lenders. Unless

                                       43

<PAGE>



otherwise  directed  by the  Requisite  Lenders  under  Section 9.1 or any other
applicable  provision of this  Agreement,  Servicing  Agent shall be entitled to
refrain from  exercising any power,  discretion or authority  vested in it under
this  Agreement  unless and until it has obtained  written  instructions  of any
Lender.  The agency  hereby  created shall in no way impair or affect any of the
rights and powers of, or impose any duties or obligations  upon Servicing  Agent
in its individual capacity.

                  13.2  Representations  and Warranties:  No Responsibility  for
Inspection.  Each  Lender  represents  and  warrants  that it has  made  its own
independent  investigation of the financial condition and affairs of Borrower in
connection with the making of the Advances and issuance of the Letters of Credit
hereunder  and has made and  shall  continue  to make its own  appraisal  of the
creditworthiness   of   Borrower.   Servicing   Agent  shall  have  no  duty  or
responsibility  either  initially  or on a  continuing  basis  to make  any such
investigation  or any such  appraisal  on behalf of Lenders  or to  provide  any
Lender with any credit or other  information  (other than  information  obtained
under  the  provisions  of this  Agreement  which  Servicing  Agent  shall  make
available  to each Lender upon  request by such  Lender)  with  respect  thereto
whether coming into its possession  before the date hereof or any times or times
thereafter and shall further have no responsibility with respect to the accuracy
of or the completeness of the information  provided to Lenders.  With respect to
its participation in the Advances and the Letters of Credit hereunder, Servicing
Agent shall have the same rights and powers  hereunder  as any other  Lender and
may  exercise  the same rights and powers as though it were not  performing  the
duties  and  functions  delegated  to it  hereunder  and the  term  "Lender"  or
"Lenders"  or any  similar  term shall  unless  the  context  clearly  indicates
otherwise  include Servicing Agent in its individual  capacity.  Servicing Agent
and each of its affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally
engage in any kind of business with Borrower as if it were not Servicing Agent.

                  13.3     Reliance by Servicing Agent.

                           13.3.1   Servicing Agent may consult, and any opinion
or legal  advice of such counsel who are not  employees  of  Servicing  Agent or
Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower  shall be full and complete  authorization
and  protection  in respect of any action taken or suffered by  Servicing  Agent
hereunder or under any other Loan Documents in accordance  therewith.  Servicing
Agent  shall  have the  right at any time to seek  instructions  concerning  the
administration of the Collateral from any court of competent jurisdiction.

                           13.3.2   Servicing Agent may rely, and shall be fully
protected in acting, upon any resolution,  statement,  certificate,  instrument,
opinion,  report,  notice,  request,  consent,  order,  bond or  other  paper or
document  that it has no reason to believe to be other than  genuine and to have
been  signed or  presented  by the proper  party or  parties  or, in the case of
cables,  telecopies  and  telexes,  to have  been  sent by the  proper  party or
parties. In the absence of its gross negligence or willful misconduct, Servicing
Agent  may  conclusively  rely,  as to the  truth  of  the  statements  and  the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions
furnished  to  Servicing  Agent  and  conforming  to the  requirements  of  this
Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

                           13.3.3   Except as specifically  provided for herein,
Servicing  Agent shall not be under any obligation to exercise any of the rights
or powers  granted  to  Servicing  Agent by this  Agreement  and the other  Loan
Documents at the request or direction of any Lender unless Servicing

                                       44

<PAGE>



Agent shall have been  provided by such Lender  adequate  security and indemnity
against  the costs,  expenses  and  liabilities  that may be  incurred  by it in
compliance with such request or direction.

                  13.4 Delegation of Duties.  Servicing Agent may execute any of
the powers  hereof and  perform  any duty  hereunder  either  directly  or by or
through its agents or  attorneys-in-fact.  Servicing  Agent shall be entitled to
advice of counsel  concerning all matters  pertaining to such powers and duties.
Servicing Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any
agents or  attorneys-in-fact  selected by it without gross negligence or willful
misconduct on the part of Servicing Agent.

                  13.5 Right to Indemnity.  EACH OF LENDERS  SEVERALLY,  BUT NOT
JOINTLY, AGREES (A) TO INDEMNIFY AND HOLD SERVICING AGENT (AND ANY PERSON ACTING
ON BEHALF OF  SERVICING  AGENT)  HARMLESS  FROM AND AGAINST AND (B)  PROMPTLY ON
RECEIPT BY EACH LENDER OF SERVICING AGENT'S  STATEMENT,  TO REIMBURSE  SERVICING
AGENT,  ACCORDING TO SUCH LENDER'S PRO RATA SHARE OF THE AGGREGATE  COMMITMENTS,
TO THE EXTENT  SERVICING  AGENT  SHALL NOT  OTHERWISE  HAVE BEEN  REIMBURSED  BY
BORROWER ON ACCOUNT OF AND FOR, ANY AND ALL  LIABILITIES,  OBLIGATIONS,  LOSSES,
DAMAGES,  PENALTIES,  ACTIONS,  JUDGMENTS,  SUITS, COSTS,  EXPENSES  (INCLUDING,
WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE FEES AND DISBURSEMENTS OF COUNSEL AND OTHER ADVISORS) OR
DISBURSEMENTS  OF ANY KIND AND  NATURE  WHATSOEVER  WITH  RESPECT  TO  SERVICING
AGENT'S  PERFORMANCE  OF ITS  DUTIES  UNDER  THIS  AGREEMENT  AND THE OTHER LOAN
DOCUMENTS;  PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT NO LENDER SHALL BE LIABLE FOR THE PAYMENT TO
SERVICING  AGENT  OF ANY  PORTION  OF  SUCH  LIABILITIES,  OBLIGATIONS,  LOSSES,
DAMAGES, PENALTIES,  ACTIONS, JUDGMENTS, SUITS, COSTS, EXPENSES OR DISBURSEMENTS
RESULTING SOLELY FROM SERVICING AGENT'S GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL  MISCONDUCT.
SUCH REIMBURSEMENT  SHALL NOT IN ANY RESPECT RELEASE BORROWER FROM ANY LIABILITY
OR  OBLIGATION.  IF ANY INDEMNITY  FURNISHED TO SERVICING  AGENT FOR ANY PURPOSE
SHALL, IN THE OPINION OF SERVICING  AGENT,  BE INSUFFICIENT OR BECOME  IMPAIRED,
SERVICING AGENT MAY CALL FOR ADDITIONAL INDEMNITY AND CEASE, OR NOT COMMENCE, TO
DO THE ACTS INDEMNIFIED AGAINST UNTIL SUCH ADDITIONAL INDEMNITY IS FURNISHED.

                  13.6     Resignation  and  Appointment  of Successor Servicing
Agent.

                           (a)      Servicing Agent  may resign  at any  time by
giving  thirty (30) days prior written  notice  thereof to Lenders and Borrower:
provided,  however,  that the retiring  Servicing  Agent shall continue to serve
until a successor Servicing Agent shall have been selected and approved pursuant
to this Section 13.6. Upon any such notice, Servicing Agent shall have the right
to  appoint  a  successor  Servicing  Agent;  provided,  however,  that  if such
successor shall not be a Lender under this Agreement,  such appointment shall be
subject to the consent of Requisite  Lenders.  At any time other than during the
existence  of an Event of  Default,  in each  case,  such  appointment  shall be
subject to the prior consent of Borrower  (such  consent to not be  unreasonably
withheld, delayed or conditioned).

                           (b)      Servicing Agent agrees at all times to abide
by the terms and  conditions of this  Agreement and at all times to maintain the
minimum  regulatory capital  requirements,  as set by the Federal Reserve Board,
for an  adequately  capitalized  depository  institution,  and  Servicing  Agent
undertakes and agrees to notify each Lender promptly of any failure by Servicing
Agent to

                                       45

<PAGE>



maintain such minimum regulatory capital  requirements.  If Servicing Agent ever
defaults in the performance of its duties and  obligations  under this Agreement
and such default  remains  uncured and  continues for more than thirty (30) days
after written notice of such default is given to Servicing  Agent by any Lender,
or if Servicing  Agent ever allows its regulatory  capital  requirements to fall
below the minimum regulatory capital requirements for an adequately  capitalized
depository  institution,  any Lender  which is not also acting as the  Servicing
Agent  hereunder may remove such Servicing  Agent from acting as Servicing Agent
hereunder  and appoint a successor  Servicing  Agent (which may be the Lender so
removing  the  Servicing  Agent) by  delivering  written  notice  thereof to the
Borrower,  the Servicing Agent being removed hereunder and any other Lenders, if
any; provided,  however,  that if such successor  Servicing Agent shall not be a
Lender  hereunder,  such  appointment  shall be subject to the prior approval of
Borrower (such consent to not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed),
so long as no Event of Default is then occurring hereunder.

                           (c)      Upon the acceptance of any appointment as an
Servicing  Agent  hereunder  by a  successor  Servicing  Agent,  such  successor
Servicing  Agent  shall  thereupon  succeed  to and become  vested  with all the
rights,  powers,  privileges  and duties of the  retiring  or removed  Servicing
Agent, and the retiring or removed  Servicing Agent shall be discharged from its
duties and  obligations  under this  Agreement.  After any  retiring  or removed
Servicing  Agent's  resignation  or removal  hereunder as Servicing  Agent,  the
provisions of this Section 13 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken
or omitted to be taken by it while it was Servicing Agent under this Agreement.

                  13.7  Conflicts.  SVB and its affiliates  may accept  deposits
from, lend money to, act as trustee under  indentures of, act as merchant banker
in any  transaction  for,  and  generally  engage in any kind of business  with,
Borrower and any person who may do business with or own  securities of Borrower,
all as if SVB were not Servicing Agent and without any duty to account  therefor
to Lenders or to  disclose  to Lenders  confidential  information  which SVB may
receive from Borrower in connection with such other activity or business.

                  13.8 No  Obligations  of Borrower.  Nothing  contained in this
Section 13 shall be deemed to impose upon Borrower any  obligation in respect of
the due and  punctual  performance  by  Servicing  Agent of its  obligations  to
Lenders  under any  provision  of this  Agreement,  and  Borrower  shall have no
liability  to  Servicing  Agent or any  Lender  in  respect  of any  failure  by
Servicing Agent or any Lender to perform any of their respective  obligations to
each  other  under  this  Agreement.  Without  limiting  the  generality  of the
foregoing  sentence,  where any  provision  of this  Agreement  relating  to the
payment of any amounts due and owing under the Loan Documents provides that such
payments  shall be made by  Borrower  to  Servicing  Agent  for the  account  of
Lenders,  Borrower's obligations to Lenders in respect of such payments shall be
deemed to be satisfied  upon the making of such  payments to Servicing  Agent in
the manner provided by this Agreement.

                  13.9 Amendments in Writing; Integration. This Agreement cannot
be amended or  terminated  nor may any  provision be waived  except by a writing
signed by the Requisite Lenders,  Servicing Agent and Borrower.  Any such waiver
shall be effective  only in the specific  instance and for the specific  purpose
for which given.

         As between  Borrower,  on the one hand, the Lenders and Servicing Agent
on the  other  hand,  all  prior  agreements,  understandings,  representations,
warranties, and negotiations between the parties

                                       46

<PAGE>



hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement,  if any, are merged
into this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

         14.      GENERAL PROVISIONS

                  14.1  Successors and Assigns.  This  Agreement  shall bind and
inure to the benefit of the respective  successors and permitted assigns of each
of the parties;  provided,  however,  that neither this Agreement nor any rights
hereunder  may be assigned by  Borrower  without  each  Lender's  prior  written
consent,  which  consent  may be  granted  or  withheld  in each  Lender's  sole
discretion.

                  14.2  INDEMNIFICATION.   BORROWER  SHALL,  INDEMNIFY,  DEFEND,
PROTECT AND HOLD HARMLESS  SERVICING AGENT AND EACH LENDER AND EACH'S RESPECTIVE
DIRECTORS,  OFFICERS,  EMPLOYEES,  AND  AGENTS  AGAINST:  (A)  ALL  OBLIGATIONS,
DEMANDS,  CLAIMS,  AND  LIABILITIES  CLAIMED OR  ASSERTED  BY ANY OTHER PARTY IN
CONNECTION WITH THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THE LOAN DOCUMENTS; AND (B) ALL
LOSSES OR LENDER'S EXPENSES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION  REASONABLE  ATTORNEYS'
FEES AND EXPENSES, IN ANY WAY SUFFERED,  INCURRED, OR PAID BY SERVICING AGENT OR
ANY  LENDER  AS A  RESULT  OF OR IN  ANY  WAY  ARISING  OUT  OF,  FOLLOWING,  OR
CONSEQUENTIAL TO TRANSACTIONS BY AND AMONG LENDERS, SERVICING AGENT AND BORROWER
WHETHER  UNDER THE LOAN  DOCUMENTS,  OR  OTHERWISE  INCLUDING  ANY  LENDER'S  OR
SERVICING  AGENT'S  NEGLIGENCE BUT EXCLUDING LOSSES CAUSED BY SERVICING AGENT OR
ANY LENDER'S GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.

                  14.3  Time  of  Essence.  Time  is  of  the  essence  for  the
performance of all obligations set forth in this Agreement.

                  14.4  Severability  of  Provisions.  Each  provision  of  this
Agreement  shall be severable  from every other  provision of this Agreement for
the purpose of determining the legal  enforceability of any specific  provision.
If any term,  provision,  covenant,  or condition of this Agreement is held by a
court of competent  jurisdiction  to be invalid,  void,  or  unenforceable,  the
remainder of the  provisions  shall remain in full force and effect and shall in
no way be  affected,  impaired,  or  invalidated  and  this  Agreement  shall be
construed as if such  invalid,  void or  unenforceable  provision had never been
contained herein.

                  14.5  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  in any
number of counterparts and by different parties on separate  counterparts,  each
of which,  when executed and delivered,  shall be deemed to be an original,  and
all of  which,  when  taken  together,  shall  constitute  but one and the  same
Agreement.

                  14.6 Survival.  All covenants,  representations and warranties
made in this  Agreement  shall  continue in full force and effect so long as any
Obligations remain outstanding. The obligations of Borrower to indemnify Lenders
and Servicing  Agent with respect to the expenses,  damages,  losses,  costs and
liabilities described in Section 14.2 shall survive until all applicable statute
of  limitations  periods  with  respect to actions  that may be brought  against
Lenders or Servicing Agent have run.


                                       47

<PAGE>



                  14.7 Confidentiality. In handling any confidential information
of Borrower,  Servicing  Agent and each Lender shall exercise the same degree of
care that it exercises  with respect to its own  proprietary  information of the
same types to maintain the confidentiality of any non-public information thereby
received or received pursuant to this Agreement,  except that disclosure of such
information may be made (i) to the Subsidiaries or Affiliates of Servicing Agent
and each  Lender in  connection  with  their  present  or  prospective  business
relations  with Borrower,  (ii) to prospective  transferees or purchasers of any
interest  in the  Credit  Extensions,  provided  that they have  entered  into a
comparable  confidentiality  agreement in favor of Borrower and have delivered a
copy to Borrower, (iii) as required by law, regulation, rule or order, subpoena,
judicial order or similar order,  (iv) as may be required in connection with the
examination,  audit or similar  investigation  of Servicing Agent or any Lender,
and (v) as Servicing Agent or any Lender may deem appropriate in connection with
the exercise of any remedies hereunder. Confidential information hereunder shall
not  include  information  that  either:  (a) is in the public  domain or in the
knowledge  or  possession  of  Servicing  Agent or any Lender when  disclosed to
Servicing Agent or such Lender, provided Servicing Agent or such Lender does not
have actual  knowledge that such third party is prohibited  from disclosing such
information,  or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Servicing
Agent or any Lender through no fault of Servicing  Agent or such Lender;  or (b)
is  disclosed  to  Servicing  Agent or any  Lender  by a third  party,  provided
Servicing  Agent or such Lender does not have actual  knowledge  that such third
party is prohibited from disclosing such information.

                  14.8  WAIVER  OF JURY  TRIAL.  SERVICING  AGENT,  LENDERS  AND
BORROWER EACH HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE  RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM
OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY
OF THE  TRANSACTIONS  CONTEMPLATED  THEREIN,  INCLUDING  CONTRACT  CLAIMS,  TORT
CLAIMS,  BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS,  AND ALL OTHER  COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY  CLAIMS.
EACH PARTY  RECOGNIZES  AND  AGREES  THAT THE  FOREGOING  WAIVER  CONSTITUTES  A
MATERIAL  INDUCEMENT FOR IT TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT.  EACH PARTY REPRESENTS
AND WARRANTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL AND THAT IT
KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY  WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS  FOLLOWING  CONSULTATION
WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.

                  14.9 NOTICE OF FINAL  AGREEMENT.  THIS  AGREEMENT AND THE LOAN
DOCUMENTS  TOGETHER  CONSTITUTE A WRITTEN LOAN  AGREEMENT  WHICH  REPRESENTS THE
FINAL  AGREEMENT  BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF
PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS,  OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE
NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.


                [REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]



                                       48

<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed as of the date first above written.

                                 VTEL CORPORATION


                                 By:    /s/ Dianne Johnson
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Dianne Johnson, Treasurer



                                 SILICON VALLEY BANK,
                                 AS SERVICING AGENT AND AS A LENDER


                                 By:    /s/ J. Douglas Mangum
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        J. Douglas Mangum, Senior Vice President



                                 COMERICA BANK-TEXAS


                                 By:    /s/ Robin A. Ingari
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Robin A. Ingari, Senior Vice President



                                       49




                                                                 EXHIBIT 21.1


                                VTEL CORPORATION
                              LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES
                                  EXHIBIT 21.1




               SUBSIDIARY                              LOCATION OF INCORPORATION

               Compression Labs, Incorporated                  Delaware
               VTEL-ICS, Incorporated                          Delaware
               VTEL Australia Ltd. Pty.                        Australia
               CLI Belgium                                     Belgium
               CLI Europe Ltd.                                 United Kingdom
               VTEL Europe Ltd.                                United Kingdom
               VTEL Germany GmbH                               Germany
               VTEL France S.A.                                France
               VTEL Brazil LTDA                                Brazil









                                                                 EXHIBIT 23.1


                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


We  hereby  consent  to the  incorporation  by  reference  in  the  Registration
Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 33-51822,  33-65464,  33-65472, 33-65478, 33-95754,
333-28499, 333-44533, 333-48885 and 333-77733) of VTEL Corporation of our report
dated September 24, 1999 appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.



PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

Austin, Texas
November 4, 1999


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
     This schedule contains summary financial information extracted from VTEL
Corporation's Balance Sheet as of July 31, 1999 and Income Statement for the
year then ended and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the company's
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal period ending July 31, 1999.
</LEGEND>
<CIK>                         0000884144
<NAME>                        VTEL Corporation
<MULTIPLIER>                  1
<CURRENCY>                    U.S. Dollars

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>               JUL-31-1999
<PERIOD-START>                  AUG-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                    JUL-31-1999
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                 1
<CASH>                          7,805,000
<SECURITIES>                    4,308,000
<RECEIVABLES>                   39,514,000
<ALLOWANCES>                    (1,223,000)
<INVENTORY>                     15,553,000
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                68,277,000
<PP&E>                          57,697,000
<DEPRECIATION>                  (27,993,000)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                  124,091,000
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>           40,142,000
<BONDS>                         0
           0
                     0
<COMMON>                        260,301,000
<OTHER-SE>                      (192,282,000)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>    124,091,000
<SALES>                         151,602,000
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                151,602,000
<CGS>                           (84,364,000)
<TOTAL-COSTS>                   (82,922,000)
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                919,699
<LOSS-PROVISION>                0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>              (850,699)
<INCOME-PRETAX>                 (15,615,000)
<INCOME-TAX>                    50,000
<INCOME-CONTINUING>             (15,565,000)
<DISCONTINUED>                  0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                 0
<CHANGES>                       0
<NET-INCOME>                    (15,565,000)
<EPS-BASIC>                   (.66)
<EPS-DILUTED>                   (.66)



</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission